libreoffice-help-sk 1:6.0.3-0ubuntu1 / usr / share / libreoffice / help / sk / swriter.ht

13 .uno%3AClosePreview 48 Náhľad stránky ukončíte kliknutím na tlačidlo Zatvoriť náhľad.
13 .uno%3APrintPreview 39 Zobrazí náhľad strany pre tlač alebo zavrie náhľad.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Ffileformat 37 Select the file format to store the resulting document.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Fselected 8a Spracuje iba označené záznamy v databáze. Voľba je dostupná iba v prípade, že ste predtým vybrali potrebné záznamy v databáze.
27 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Fto 34 Specify the number of the last record to be printed.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Fpathpb 1e Otvorí dialóg Vybrať cestu.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Frbfrom 35 Specify the number of the first record to be printed.
1c DBACCESS_HID_TLB_TREELISTBOX 1d Vyberte databázu a tabuľku.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2FMailmergeDialog 44 The Mail Merge dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Fprinter 15 Vytlačí formuláre.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Ffrom 35 Specify the number of the first record to be printed.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Ffile 1f Uloží formuláre do súborov.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Findividualdocuments 2e Create one document for every one data record.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Fall 26 Spracuje všetky záznamy z databázy.
12 .uno%3AMergeDialog 44 The Mail Merge dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Fgenerate 3a Generate each file name from data contained in a database.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Ffield 55 Uses the content of the selected database field as the file name for the form letter.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Fsingledocument 34 Create one big document containing all data records.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailmerge%2Fpath 3c Určuje cestu, kam sa budú ukladať jednotlivé formuláre.
1e .uno%3ASendOutlineToStarImpres 57 Použije osnovu aktívneho dokumentu a vytvorí podľa nej nový dokument prezentácie.
1d .uno%3ASendOutlineToClipboard 57 Skopíruje osnovu aktívneho dokumentu do schránky vo formáte Rich Text Format (RTF).
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fabstractdialog%2Fparas 82 Zadajte maximum počtu po sobe nasledujúcich odsekov, ktoré budú skopírované do abstraktu za každým kopírovaným nadpisom.
15 .uno%3ACreateAbstract b0 Vytvorí z nadpisov a určitého počtu nasledujúcich odsekov v aktívnom dokumente abstrakt ich skopírovaním. Abstrakt je vhodný pre orientáciu v rozsiahlych dokumentoch.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fabstractdialog%2Foutlines 55 Zadajte rozsah nadpisov, ktoré chcete skopírovať do nového dokumentu (abstraktu).
1e .uno%3ASendAbstractToStarImpre 93 Otvorte aktuálny dokument ako prezentáciu $[officename] Impress. Aktuálny dokument musí obsahovať aspoň jeden preddefinovaný štýl nadpisu.
23 HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE 64 Vyberte štýl nadpisu, ktorý chcete použiť ako určujúci pre vytvorenie ďalšej stránky HTML.
11 .uno%3ANewHtmlDoc de Uloží súbor ako HTML dokument, takže je možné si ho prehliadať pomocou internetového prehliadača. Môžete zvoliť, aby sa vždy, keď sa v dokumente vyskytne vybraný štýl nadpisu, vytvorila oddelená stránka.
15 HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX d4 Ponúka zoznam všetkých otvorených dokumentov. Ak chcete zobraziť obsah určitého dokumentu v okne Navigátore, vyberte ho v zozname. Dokument zobrazený v Navigátore je v zoznamu označený ako "aktívny".
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fchapterup f3 Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fpromote d1 Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
11 HID_NAVI_OUTLINES 7a Click 1 to only view the top level headings (chapter heading) in the Navigator window, and 10 to view all of the headings.
12 HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY a2 Vloží kópiu vybranej položky na miesto, kam ju pretiahnete do aktuálneho dokumentu. Nie je možné takto kopírovať grafiku, OLE objekty, odkazy a registre.
11 HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP ab Vytvorí hypertextový odkaz na položku, ktorú pretiahnete do aktuálneho dokumentu. Kliknite na odkaz v dokumente, ak chcete prejsť na položku, na ktorú odkaz mieri.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fnavigation f5 Otvorte panel nástrojov Navigácia formulárom, kde môžete ľahko prechádzať na nasledujúcu alebo predchádzajúcu položku v kategórii, ktorú vyberiete. Vyberte kategóriu a potom kliknite na šípku "Predchádzajúca" alebo "Ďalšia".
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fcontenttoggle 5b Prepína medzi hlavným pohľadom a normálnym pohľadom, ak je otvorený hlavný dokument.
10 .uno%3ANavigator 121 Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.
19 SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_TREELIST 121 Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fforward a3 Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the Navigation icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Flistbox 22 Shows or hides the Navigator list.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fheadings 74 Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fnumericfield 52 Type the number of the page number that you want to jump to, and then press Enter.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Froot 5a Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fchapterdown f5 Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fback a7 Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the Navigation icon, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fglobaltoggle 5b Prepína medzi hlavným pohľadom a normálnym pohľadom, ak je otvorený hlavný dokument.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fdragmode b5 Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Freminder 10c Kliknite sem, ak chcete na aktuálnu pozíciu nastaviť pripomienku, môžete ich nastaviť až päť. Na pripomienku prejdite kliknutím na ikonku Navigácia a potom v okne Navigácia kliknite na ikonku Pripomienka a potom na tlačidlo Predchádzajúca alebo Ďalšia
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fanchor 38 Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fdemote d1 Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fheader 4d Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.
12 HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK 164 Vloží vybranú položku ako odkaz tam, kde ju v aktuálnom dokumente pustíte. Text je vložený ako chránená sekcia, ktorej obsah je automaticky aktualizovaný, ak sa zmení zdrojový text. Ručne sa dá text aktualizovať pomocou voľby Nástroje - Aktualizovať - Odkazy. Nie je možné vytvárať odkazy pre grafiku, OLE objekty, odkazy a registre.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Ffooter 4d Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.
e SW_HID_NID_TBL 36 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať tabuľky.
1e SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA_ERROR 47 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať zlé vzorce v tabuľkách.
18 SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA 42 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať vzorce v tabuľkách.
13 SW_HID_NID_SRCH_REP 41 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať výsledky hľadaní.
f SW_HID_NID_PREV 3b Nastaví kurzor na predchádzajúci objekt vybraného typu.
11 SW_HID_NID_POSTIT 37 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať záložky.
f SW_HID_NID_CTRL 3e Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať ovládacie prvky.
e SW_HID_NID_BKM 37 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať záložky.
e SW_HID_NID_FRM 3d Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať textové rámce.
e SW_HID_NID_SEL 35 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať výbery.
e SW_HID_NID_REG 34 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať sekcie.
b HID_NAVI_VS 138 Kliknite na túto ikonku. Budú zobrazené typy objektov, medzi ktorými je možné prechádzať. Potom kliknite na šípky "Predchádzajúci objekt" alebo "Nasledujúci objekt". Mená tlačidiel napovedia, ktorý objekt bol vybraný pre prechádzanie. Textový kurzor bude umiestnený na objekt vybraného typu.
d HID_SCRL_NAVI b1 Ak kliknete na túto ikonku v Navigátore alebo v pravom dolnom rohu okna dokumentu, objaví sa panel nástrojov, kde môžete vyberať z existujúcich typov prvkov v dokumente.
11 HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN 4e Ak chcete prejsť na ďalšiu stranu alebo objekt, kliknite na tlačidlo dole.
e SW_HID_NID_DRW 34 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať kresby.
e SW_HID_NID_GRF 36 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať obrázky.
f HID_SCRL_PAGEUP 56 Ak chcete prejsť na predchádzajúcu stranu alebo objekt, kliknite na tlačidlo hore.
16 SW_HID_NID_INDEX_ENTRY 3f Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať položky registra.
e SW_HID_NID_FTN 43 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať poznámky pod čiarou.
f SW_HID_NID_MARK 39 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať pripomienky.
f SW_HID_NID_NEXT 33 Nastaví kurzor na ďalší objekt vybraného typu.
e SW_HID_NID_OLE 39 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať OLE objekty.
f SW_HID_NID_OUTL 35 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať nadpisy.
e SW_HID_NID_PGE 36 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať stránky.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Frelfile 4f Odkazy na priečinky automatického textu sú na vašom počítači relatívne.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Frelnet 2e Odkazy na súbory na Internete sú relatívne.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fpath 69 Otvorí dialóg Upraviť cesty, v ktorom je možné vybrať priečinok na uloženie automatického textu.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Fpathlb d4 Zobrazí cestu do adresára, kde sú uložené súbory vybranej kategórie Automatického textu. Ak vytvárate novú kategóriu Automatického textu, môžete zadať, kam chcete uložiť súbory tejto kategórie.
27 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fnew f1 Vytvorí novú položku Automatického textu z označenia, ktoré ste previedli v dokumente. Položka bude pridaná do aktuálnej vybranej kategórie Automatického textu. Najskôr musíte zadať meno položky než sa zobrazí tento príkaz.
13 .uno%3AEditGlossary 119 Umožňuje vytvoriť, upraviť, alebo vložiť Automatický text. Ako automatický text môžete uložiť formátovaný text, text s grafikou, tabuľky a pole. Pre rýchle vloženie Automatického textu, napíšte začiatočné písmená Automatického textu a stlačte kláves F3.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2FEditCategoriesDialog 3f Pridá, premenuje alebo zmaže kategóriu automatického textu.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Frename 55 Zmení meno vybranej kategórie Automatického textu na meno zadané do poľa Názov.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fshortname b7 Zobrazuje skratku označenej položky Automatického textu. Ak vytvárate novú položku Automatického textu napíšte do tohto poľa skratku akú chcete pre novú položku použiť.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fname ed Zobrazuje názov označenej položky Automatického textu. Ak máte označený nejaký text v dokumente, napíšte do tohoto poľa názov novej položky Automatického textu, potom kliknite na tlačidlo Automatický text a zvoľte Nový.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fimport a6 Otvorte dialógové okno, kde môžete vybrať dokument alebo šablónu aplikácie Microsoft Word (97/2000/XP), obsahujúci Automatický text, ktorý chcete vložiť.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Fname cd Zobrazuje názov vybranej kategórie Automatického textu. Pre zmenu názvu kategórie vpíšte nový názov a kliknite na Premenovať. Pre vytvorenie novej kategórie napíšte názov a kliknite na Nový.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Finsert 172 Zobrazuje návrhy dokončení slova ako nápovedný text po napísaní prvých troch písmen slova, ktoré sa zhodujú s niektorou položkou Automatického textu. Pre potvrdenie návrhu stlačte kláves Enter. Pokiaľ sa vami napísané znaky zhodujú s viac než jednou položkou Automatického textu, stlačte Ctrl+Tab pre prechádzanie medzi jednotlivými položkami.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fcopy 33 Skopíruje vybraný automatický text do schránky.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Fgroup 70 Zobrazuje zoznam existujúcich kategórií Automatického textu a zodpovedajúcich ciest k súborom kategórií.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fedit c5 Otvorí vybranú položku Automatického textu v oddelenom dokumente pre úpravy. Preveďte požadované zmeny, potom zvoľte Súbor - Uložiť Automatický text, a potom zvoľte Súbor - Zavrieť.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditcategories%2Fnew 5c Vytvorí novú kategóriu Automatického textu s názvom, ktorý ste zadali do poľa Názov.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fautotext af Kliknutím na toto tlačidlo zobrazíte ďalšie príkazy Automatického textu, ako napríklad vytvorenie novej položky Automatického textu z označeného textu v dokumente.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Freplace 6b Nahradí obsah vybranej položky Automatického textu výberom prevedeným v aktuálne otvorenom dokumente.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Frename 7b Otvorí dialógové okno Premenovať automatický text, kde môžete zmeniť názov vybranej položky automatického textu.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fnewtext d5 Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fmacro 6f Otvorí dialógové okno Priradiť makro, kde môžete pridať makro ku zvolenej položke Automatického textu.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautotext%2Fcategories 52 Umožňuje pridať, premenovať alebo odstrániť kategóriu Automatického textu.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameautotextdialog%2Fnewsc 3a Priradí skratku k vybranej položke Automatického textu.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameautotextdialog%2Foldname 38 Zobrazuje názov vybranej položky Automatického textu.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameautotextdialog%2Fnewname 3f Vpíšte nové meno pre vybranú položku Automatického textu.
1d .uno%3AAuthoritiesEntryDialog 26 Edits the selected bibliography entry.
13 HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV 4e Prejde na predchádzajúce pole rovnakého typu nachádzajúce sa v dokumente.
12 .uno%3AFieldDialog 7a Otvorí dialógové okno, kde môžete upraviť vlastnosti poľa. Kliknite myšou pred pole a potom vyberte tento príkaz.
13 HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT 4a Prejde na nasledujúce pole rovnakého typu nachádzajúce sa v dokumente.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fnumformat a0 Tu vyberte formát obsahu poľa. Pre dátum, čas a používateľsky definované polia môžete zvoliť iný formát kliknutím na položku "Ďalšie formáty".
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fnext 53 Prejde k nasledujúcej značke poznámky pod čiarou alebo vysvetlivky v dokumente.
13 .uno%3AEditFootnote a1 Umožňuje upraviť vybranú poznámku pod čiarou alebo vysvetlivku. Kliknite myšou pred poznámku pod čiarou alebo vysvetlivku a potom zvoľte tento príkaz.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fprev 57 Prejde k predchádzajúcej značke poznámky pod čiarou alebo vysvetlivky v dokumente.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fprevious 43 Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.
17 .uno%3AIndexEntryDialog 66 Slúži k úprave položky registra. Kliknite pred alebo do položky registra a zvoľte tento príkaz.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Flevelnf 37 Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fnext 3f Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.
23 SW%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_MULTMRK%3ALB_TOX 8c Napíšte názov položky registra druhej úrovne, alebo ho vyberte zo zoznamu. Súčasná položka registra bude pridaná pod tento názov.
19 HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_DELETE 53 Zmaže vybranú položku z registra. Text položky z dokumentu nie je odstránený.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Ffirst 40 Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Flast 3f Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fremove 3c Odstráni vybranú oblasť a jej obsah vloží do dokumentu.
11 .uno%3AEditRegion 3c Mení vlastnosti oblastí definovaných vo vašom dokumente.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Ftree 9e Tlačidlo otvára dialóg Možnosti. Tu môžete upraviť rozloženie stĺpcov, pozadia a tiež chovanie poznámok pod čiarou a vysvetliviek zvolenej sekcie.
c .uno%3ARuler 4c Contains a submenu for showing or hiding the horizontal and vertical rulers.
11 .uno%3AViewBounds 75 Zobrazuje alebo skrýva hranice oblasti stránky určené pre tlač. Čiary označujúce hranice nebudú vytlačené.
c .uno%3AMarks 76 Shows or hides shadings around fields in your document like non-breaking spaces, soft hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.
11 .uno%3AFieldnames 3f Switches between showing fields as field names or field values.
13 .uno%3AControlCodes 7c Zobrazí v texte netlačiteľné riadiace znaky ako napríklad znaky konca odseku, zalomenie riadkov, tabulátory a medzery.
11 .uno%3ABrowseView 3d Displays the document as it would be viewed in a Web browser.
12 .uno%3APrintLayout 36 Displays how the document will look when you print it.
1b .uno%3AShowHiddenParagraphs 25 Zobrazí alebo skryje skryté odseky.
26 SW%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_BREAK%3ARB_LINE 6d Ukončí aktuálny riadok a text vpravo od kurzoru presunie na ďalší riadok bez vytvorenia nového odseku.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbreak%2Fpagenumsb 4a Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.
26 SW%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_BREAK%3ARB_PAGE d2 Vloží ručné zalomenie stránky a presunie text vpravo od kurzoru na začiatok novej stránky. Vložené zalomenie stránky je naznačené netlačiteľným zvýraznením horného okraja textu novej stránky.
12 .uno%3AInsertBreak 6c Vloží ručné zalomenie riadku, zalomenie stĺpca alebo zalomenie stránky na súčasnú pozíciu kurzora.
26 SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ADLG_BREAK%3ACB_PAGENUM df Priradí vami zadané číslo stránky stránke nasledujúcej po ručnom zalomení stránky. Táto voľba je dostupná iba vtedy, pokiaľ stránke nasledujúcej po ručnom zalomení stránky priradíte iný štýl stránky.
25 SW%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_BREAK%3ARB_COL 104 Vloží ručné zalomenie stĺpca (vo viac-stĺpcovom režime) a presunie text nachádzajúci sa vpravo od kurzoru na začiatok ďalšieho stĺpca. Ručné zalomenie stĺpca je znázornené horným ohraničením nového stĺpca (ohraničenie nebude tlačené).
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbreak%2Fstylelb 46 Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.
14 .uno%3AInsertSection 137 Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fcondition 39 Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fwithcond 39 Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fselectpassword 39 Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fpassword 39 Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Flink 61 Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fprotect 30 Prevents the selected section from being edited.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Flink 61 Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fcurname 20 Type a name for the new section.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fsectionname 41 Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2FSectionPage 23 Sets the properties of the section.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fhide 3b Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fdde a3 Creates a DDE link. Select this check box, and then enter the DDE command that you want to use. The DDE option is only available if the Link check box is selected.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Ffile 49 Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click Insert.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fdde a3 Creates a DDE link. Select this check box, and then enter the DDE command that you want to use. The DDE option is only available if the Link check box is selected.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Ffilename 74 Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the Browse button to locate the file.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fwithpassword 60 Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fsection 41 Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2FEditSectionDialog 23 Sets the properties of the section.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Ffilename 74 Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the Browse button to locate the file.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fselectfile 49 Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click Insert.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fhide 3b Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsectionpage%2Fprotect 30 Prevents the selected section from being edited.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Feditsectiondialog%2Fwithpassword 60 Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findentpage%2Fafter 2e Udáva odsadenie za oblasťou pravého okraja.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findentpage%2Fbefore 30 Udáva odsadenie pred oblasťou ľavého okraja.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fendnote 5a Vloží na pozíciu kurzoru odkaz na vysvetlivku a na koniec dokumentu pridá vysvetlivku.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Ffootnote 75 Vloží na pozíciu kurzora odkaz na poznámku pod čiarou a do spodnej časti stránky pridá poznámku pod čiarou.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fchoosecharacter 52 Pre ukotvenie poznámky pod čiarou alebo vysvetlivky sa vloží špeciálny znak.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fcharacterentry 5f Pre nastavenie znaku alebo symbolu pre aktuálnu poznámku pod čiarou vyberte túto možnosť.
15 .uno%3AInsertFootnote 7a Vloží poznámku pod čiarou alebo poznámku na koniec. Kotva pre poznámku bude vložená na aktuálnu pozíciu kurzora.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertfootnote%2Fautomatic 57 Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbookmark%2Fdelete a3 Ak chcete odstrániť záložku, vyberte záložku v zozname v dialógu Vložiť záložku a kliknite na tlačidlo Odstrániť. Záložka sa zmaže bez potvrdenia.
15 .uno%3AInsertBookmark 72 Na pozíciu kurzora vloží záložku. Neskôr môžete pomocou Navigátora rýchle skočiť na označené miesto.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertbookmark%2Fbookmarks d3 Zadajte názov záložky, ktorú chcete vytvoriť. V dolnom zozname sú vypísané všetky záložky v aktuálnom dokumente. Ak chcete odstrániť záložku, vyberte ju v zoznamu a potom kliknite na Odstrániť.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fauto bc Otvorí dialógové okno Popis. Toto okno obsahuje rovnaké informácie ako okno, ktoré sa otvorí pri použití príkazu Nástroje - Možnosti -%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Automatické popisy.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fposition 67 Pridá popis nad alebo pod vybraný objekt. Táto možnosť je k dispozícii iba pre niektoré objekty.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2FInsertCaptionDialog 4b Adds a numbered caption to a selected image, table, chart, frame, or shape.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fseparator_edit 41 Zadajte znaky, ktoré sa zobrazia medzi číslom a textom popisu.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fcategory e3 Vyberte kategóriu popisu alebo zadajte názov, ak chcete vytvoriť novú kategóriu. Názov kategórie sa zobrazí pred číslom popisu. Každá prednastavená kategória popisu sa formátuje pomocou štýlu rovnakého názvu.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fnumbering 3c Vyberte typ číslovania, ktoré chcete použiť pre popisy.
1a .uno%3AInsertCaptionDialog 4b Adds a numbered caption to a selected image, table, chart, frame, or shape.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Fnum_separator_edit 38 Zadajte text, Ktorý sa má zobraziť po čísle popisu.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcaptionoptions%2Fborder_and_shadow 37 Použije na rámček okolo popisu ohraničenie a tieň.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcaptionoptions%2Fseparator 4d Zadajte znak, ktorý sa má vložiť medzi číslo kapitoly a číslo popisu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcaptionoptions%2Fstyle 1d Špecifikuje znakový štýl.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertcaption%2Foptions c2 Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an outline level to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcaptionoptions%2Flevel 62 Vyberte počet úrovní osnovy od vrcholu hierarchie kapitol, ktoré sa majú zahrnúť do popisu.
12 HID_ENVELOP_INSERT 32 Vloží obálku pred aktuálnu stránku dokumentu.
15 .uno%3AInsertEnvelope 11 Vytvorí obálku.
11 HID_ENVELOP_PRINT 32 Vytvorí nový dokument a vloží do neho obálku.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Finsert ba Vyberte databázové pole, ktoré obsahuje požadované údaje o adrese, a potom kliknite na tlačidlo šípky vľavo. Údaj sa vloží do adresného poľa, v ktorom sa nachádza kurzor.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Ftable 42 Vyberte tabuľku, ktorá obsahuje požadované údaje o adresách.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Fdatabase 43 Vyberte databázu, ktorá obsahuje požadované údaje o adresách.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2FEnvAddressPage 70 Zadajte adresu príjemca a odosielateľa. Tiež môžete vložiť pole z databázy, napr. z databázy kontaktov.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Fsenderedit 6b Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the Sender check box, and then enter the return  address.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvaddresspage%2Faddredit 19 Zadajte adresu príjemca.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fwidth 18 Vložte šírku obálky.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fsenderedit 5c Kliknite a vyberte štýl formátovania textu poľa odosielateľa, ktorý chcete upravovať.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fleftaddr 57 Vložte, koľko miesta chcete nechať medzi ľavým okrajom obálky a poľom príjemca.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fleftsender 5b Vložte, koľko miesta chcete nechať medzi ľavým okrajom obálky a poľom odosielateľa.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Ftopsender 5b Vložte, koľko miesta chcete nechať medzi horným okrajom obálky a poľom odosielateľa.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2FEnvFormatPage 22 Určuje vzhľad a rozmery obálky.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Ftopaddr 59 Vložte, koľko miesta chcete ponechať medzi horným okrajom obálky a poľom príjemcu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fheight 18 Vložte výšku obálky.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Fformat 85 Vyberte požadovanú veľkosť obálky, alebo vyberte "Používateľom definované" a zadajte šírku a výšku požadovanej obálky.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvformatpage%2Faddredit 58 Kliknite a vyberte štýl formátovania textu poľa príjemcu, ktoré chcete upravovať.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fdown 33 Vložte veľkosť posunutia tlačovej oblasti dole.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fright 36 Vložte veľkosť posunutia tlačovej oblasti doprava.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fbottom 46 Obálka je v zásobníku tlačiarne založená tlačovou stranou dole.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Ftop 47 Obálka je v zásobníku tlačiarne založená tlačenou stranou nahor.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fsetup 7d Otvorí dialóg nastavenia tlačiarne, kde môžete nastaviť ďalšie možnosti tlače, napr. formát a orientáciu papiera.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fvertright 46 Obálka je založená zvislo pri pravom okraji zásobníka tlačiarne.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fhorileft 49 Obálka je založená vodorovne pri ľavom okraji zásobníka tlačiarne.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fvertcenter 3e Obálka je založená zvislo uprostred zásobníka tlačiarne.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2FEnvPrinterPage 26 Nastavte možnosti tlače pre obálku.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fhoricenter 41 Obálka je založená vodorovne do stredu zásobníka tlačiarne.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fhoriright 49 Obálka je založená vodorovne pri pravom okraji zásobníka tlačiarne.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fenvprinterpage%2Fvertleft 46 Obálka je založená zvislo pri ľavom okraji zásobníka tlačiarne.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffielddialog%2Fcancel 18 Zavrie dialógové okno.
12 .uno%3AInsertField 21 Vloží pole na pozíciu kurzora.
10 HID_FIELD_INSERT 79 Vloží vybrané pole na pozíciu kurzora v dokumente. Ak chcete ukončiť tento dialóg, kliknite na tlačidlo Zavrieť.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Foffset 2b Vložte posun pre pole dátumu alebo času.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Flevel 4f Vyberte úroveň nadpisov kapitol, ktoré chcete zahrnúť do vybraného poľa.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fselect 78 Vypíše možné polia pre vybraný typ poľa v zozname Typ. Ak chcete pole vložiť, vyberte ho a kliknite na vložiť.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Ftype 9d Zoznam všetkých dostupných polí. Ak chcete pridať pole do dokumentu, kliknite na typ pole, potom na pole v zozname Vybrať a potom kliknite na Vložiť.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2Ffixed 5d Vloží pole ako statický obsah. To znamená, že takéto pole nemôže byť aktualizované.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fvalue 4c Zadajte požadovaný posun číslovania pre pole čísla strany, napr. "+1".
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fformat 83 Kliknite na formát, ktorý chcete použiť na vybrané pole, alebo kliknite na "Ďalšie formáty" a vytvorte si vlastný formát.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Fvalue 11 Upraviť hodnotu.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2FFldRefPage ad Tu vkladáte do dokumentu odkazy alebo odkazované polia. Odkazy sú tvorené odkazovanými poľami v rámci rovnakého dokumentu alebo v poddokumentoch hlavného dokumentu.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Fformat 41 Zvoľte formát, ktorý chcete použiť pre zvolené pole odkazu.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Fname 42 Zadajte názov používateľského poľa, ktoré chcete vytvoriť.
1b .uno%3AInsertReferenceField ad Tu vkladáte do dokumentu odkazy alebo odkazované polia. Odkazy sú tvorené odkazovanými poľami v rámci rovnakého dokumentu alebo v poddokumentoch hlavného dokumentu.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldrefpage%2Ftype 95 Zobrazuje dostupné typy polí. Ak chcete pridať pole do dokumentu, kliknite na typ poľa, kliknite na pole v zozname Výber a kliknite na Vložiť.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fselect 78 Vypíše možné polia pre vybraný typ poľa v zozname Typ. Ak chcete pole vložiť, vyberte ho a kliknite na vložiť.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropdownfielddialog%2Fedit 4e Displays the Edit Fields: Functions dialog, where you can edit the Input list.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Flistname 3b Zadajte jednoznačný názov pre pole typu Vstupný zoznam.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fdown 2d Posunie vybranú položku v zozname nižšie.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fremove 27 Odstráni zvolenú položku zo zoznamu.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Flistitems 46 Vypíše položky. Najvrchnejša položka bude zobrazená v dokumente.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fadd 2b Pridá obsah políčka Položka do zoznamu.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fitem 17 Zadajte novú položku.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Ftype 9e Zoznam všetkých dostupných polí. Ak chcete pridať pole do dokumentu, kliknite na typ poľa, potom na pole v zozname Vybrať a potom kliknite na Vložiť.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropdownfielddialog%2Flist 48 Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click OK.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fup 2d Posunie vybranú položku v zoznamu vyššie.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fcond2 b5 Text, ktorý má byť zobrazený pri splnení podmienky, zadajte do políčka Potom . Text, ktorý má byť zobrazený, pokiaľ podmienka splnená nie je, zadajte do políčka Inak.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fmacro 7d Otvorí dialóg Výber makra, v ktorom môžete zvoliť makro, ktoré bude spustené po kliknutí na vybrané pole dokumentu.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fvalue 69 Nastaví dodatočné funkčné parametre poľa. Typ parametra závisí na typu poľa, ktorý si zvolíte.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldfuncpage%2Fformat 83 Kliknite na formát, ktorý chcete použiť na vybrané pole, alebo kliknite na "Ďalšie formáty" a vytvorte si vlastný formát.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropdownfielddialog%2Fnext 42 Closes the current Input list and displays the next, if available.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fcondition 38 Pre pole spojené s podmienkou zadajte jej kritéria tu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2Ffixed 5d Vloží pole ako statický obsah. To znamená, že takéto pole nemôže byť aktualizované.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2Fformat 83 Kliknite na formát, ktorý chcete použiť na vybrané pole, alebo kliknite na "Ďalšie formáty" a vytvorte si vlastný formát.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2Fselect 7f Zoznamy dostupných polí pre typ poľa vybraného zo zoznamu  Typ . Pre vloženie poľa kliknite na pole a potom na  Vložiť.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2FFldDocInfoPage 95 Zobrazuje dostupné typy polí. Ak chcete pridať pole do dokumentu, kliknite na typ poľa, kliknite na pole v zozname Výber a kliknite na Vložiť.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocinfopage%2Ftype 95 Zobrazuje dostupné typy polí. Ak chcete pridať pole do dokumentu, kliknite na typ poľa, kliknite na pole v zozname Výber a kliknite na Vložiť.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fdelete 8b Odstráni používateľom definované pole zo zoznamu. Odstrániť môžete iba tie polia, ktoré nie sú použité v aktuálnom dokumente.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fapply 3a Pridá do zoznamu Výber používateľom definované pole.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fseparator 5d Zadajte znak, ktorý chcete použiť ako oddeľovač medzi úrovňami nadpisov alebo kapitol.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Flevel 64 Zvoľte úroveň nadpisu alebo kapitoly, ktorú chcete v dokumente začať číslovať od začiatku.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Finvisible 1f Skryje v dokumente obsah polí.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddocumentpage%2Fselect 78 Vypíše možné polia pre vybraný typ poľa v zozname Typ. Ak chcete pole vložiť, vyberte ho a kliknite na vložiť.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Ftype 9e Zoznam všetkých dostupných polí. Ak chcete pridať pole do dokumentu, kliknite na typ poľa, potom na pole v zozname Vybrať a potom kliknite na Vložiť.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fnumformat 83 Kliknite na formát, ktorý chcete použiť na vybrané pole, alebo kliknite na "Ďalšie formáty" a vytvorte si vlastný formát.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fname 42 Zadajte názov používateľského poľa, ktoré chcete vytvoriť.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fvalue 43 Zadajte obsah, ktorý chcete vložiť do používateľského poľa.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2FFldVarPage 9e Zoznam všetkých dostupných polí. Ak chcete pridať pole do dokumentu, kliknite na typ poľa, potom na pole v zozname Vybrať a potom kliknite na Vložiť.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffldvarpage%2Fformat 52 V zozname Formát nastavte, či bude hodnota vložená ako text alebo ako číslo.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintmergedialog%2FPrintMergeDialog 127 Pokiaľ tlačíte dokument, ktorý obsahuje databázové pole, budete v dialógovom okne vyzvaný, či chcete vytlačiť formulárový dopis. Pokiaľ odpoviete "áno", bude zobrazený dialóg Hromadná korešpondencia, v ktorom môžete vybrať databázové záznamy, ktoré sa majú vytlačiť.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fformat 39 Vypíše dostupné, používateľom definované formáty.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Ftype 9e Zoznam všetkých dostupných polí. Ak chcete pridať pole do dokumentu, kliknite na typ poľa, potom na pole v zozname Vybrať a potom kliknite na Vložiť.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fuserdefinedcb 55 Aplikuje formát, ktorý vyberiete v Zozname formátov definovaných používateľom.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fbrowse 9a Zobrazí dialóg na otvorenie súboru, v ktorom môžete zvoliť databázový súbor (*.odb). Zvolený súbor bude pridaný do zoznamu "Výber databázy".
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fselect 59 Vyberte databázovú tabuľku alebo databázový dotaz, na ktorý sa má pole odkazovať.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Fcondition 3a Pre polia spojené s podmienkou tu zadajte jej kritériá.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Frecnumber 52 Zadajte číslo záznamu, ktorý chcete vložiť,ak je zadaná podmienka splnená.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2FFldDbPage 9e Zoznam všetkých dostupných polí. Ak chcete pridať pole do dokumentu, kliknite na typ poľa, potom na pole v zozname Vybrať a potom kliknite na Vložiť.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fflddbpage%2Ffromdatabasecb 33 Použije formát definovaný vo vybranej databáze.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputfielddialog%2FInputFieldDialog 59 Vloží textové pole, ktoré môžete otvoriť a upraviť kliknutím myší v dokumente.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputfielddialog%2Fnext 2f Preskočí na ďalšie vstupné pole dokumentu.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputfielddialog%2Ftext b5 This box displays the name that you entered in the Reference box of the Input Field on the Functions tab of the Fields dialog. The box underneath displays the contents of the field.
16 HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEW 72 Otvorí dialóg Vytvoriť nový používateľom definovaný register, kde si môžete vytvoriť vlastní register.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Finsert 22 Marks an index entry in your text.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fsearchcasewordonlycb 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Flevelnf c9 Entries using the paragraph format "Heading X" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Ftypecb 33 Select the index that you want to add the entry to.
19 .uno%3AInsertIndexesEntry 38 Označí vybraný text ako položku indexu alebo obsahu.
18 HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_ENTRY 83 Zobrazí text vybraný v dokumente. Môžete vložiť iné slovo ako položku indexu; vybraný text v dokumente zostane nezmenený.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Findexentry%2Fsearchcasesensitivecb 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
1b HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PRIM_KEY c5 Vykoná aktuálny výber v texte podpoložkou tu zadaného slova v indexe. Napríklad keď vyberiete "studené" a zadáte "počasie" ako prvý kľúč, záznam v registri bude "počasie, studené".
1c HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_APPLY_ALL 88 Automatický označí všetky výskyty vybraného textu v dokumente. Text v nadpisoch, pätičkách, rámcoch a popisoch je ignorovaný.
1a HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_SEC_KEY e9 Vykoná aktuálny výber v texte podpoložkou tu zadaného slova v registri. Napríklad keď vyberiete "studené" a zadáte "počasie" ako prvý kľúč a "zima" ako druhý kľúč, záznam v registri bude "počasie, zima, studené".
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnewuserindexdialog%2FNewUserIndexDialog 75 Zadajte meno pre nový používateľom definovaný register. Register bude pridaný do zoznamu dostupných registrov.
1d HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_MAIN_ENTRY 41 Označí vybraný text ako hlavnú položku abecedného registra.
23 HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PHONETIC_READING e9 Zadajte výslovnosť zodpovedajúcej položky. Napríklad, ak japonské slovo v Kanji má viac ako jednu výslovnosť, zadajte správnu výslovnosť. Slovo v Kanji potom bude pri zoraďovaní posudzované podľa zadanej výslovnosti.
17 .uno%3AInsertMultiIndex 47 Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Fedit 50 Otvorí dialóg Štýl odseku, kde je možné upraviť štýl vybraného odseku.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Fdefault 52 Znovu nastaví formátovanie vybranej úrovne registra na "Vychádzajúci" štýl.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Fassign 49 Sformátuje vybranú úroveň registra pomocou vybraného štýlu odseku.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Flevels 3b Vyberte úroveň registrov, ktorých formátovanie meníte.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocstylespage%2Fstyles 57 Vyberte štýl odseku pre vybranú úroveň registra a kliknite na tlačidlo Priradiť.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Findexmarks 55 Obsahuje položky registra vložené pomocou Vložiť - Registre a obsahy - Položka.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fstyles 80 Otvorí dialóg Priradiť štýly, kde môžete vybrať odsekové štýly, a nimi formátovaný text bude zaradený do registra.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Faddstylescb ea Vloží text formátovaný odsekovými štýlmi vybranými v dialógu Priradiť štýly ako položky do registra. Ak chcete určiť, ktoré odsekové štýly použiť pre registrovanie, kliknite na tlačidlo Priradiť štýly napravo.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ftitle 25 Vložte nadpis pre vybraný register.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ftype 2d Vyberte typ registra, ktorý chcete vložiť.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fscope 5a Vyberte, ak sa má register vytvoriť pre celý dokument alebo len pre aktuálnu kapitolu.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Freadonly 36 Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Flevel 45 Vložte počet úrovní nadpisov, ktoré budú zahrnutý do registru.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromheadings 76 Vytvorí register z úrovní osnovy, tzn. z odsekov formátovaných preddefinovanými štýlmi nadpisov (Nadpis 1-10).
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fkeytype ad Vyberte číselne, ak chcete zoradiť čísla podľa ich hodnoty, napr. 1, 2, 12. Vyberte abecedne, ak chcete zoradiť čísla podľa jednotlivých číslic, napr. 1, 12, 2.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Flang 3f Vyberte jazykové pravidla pre zoraďovanie položiek registra.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromfile 78 Automatický určí položky registra pomocou párovacieho súboru" - zoznamy slov, ktoré chcete zahrnúť do registra.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffile 35 Vybrať, vytvoriť alebo upraviť "párovaci súbor".
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fuseff 11b Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a "p" or "pp". For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10pp", and "View 10, View 11" as "View 10p".
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fkeyasentry 2a Vloží položku registra ako samostatnú.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fcombinesame ab Nahradí rovnaké položky registra jednou a priradí im zodpovedajúce čísla stránok. Napríklad položky"Pohľad 10, Pohľad 43" budú zlúčené do "pohľad 10, 43".
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fusedash e2 Nahradí zhodné položky registra odkazujúce na po sebe idúce stránky jedinou položkou a uvedie rozsah strán namiesto ich výpočtu.Napr. položky "Pohľad 10, Pohľad 11, Pohľad 12" budú skrátený na "Pohľad 10-12".
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Finitcaps 42 Automatický prevedie prvé písmeno položky registra na veľké.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fcasesens 8c Rozlišuje medzi veľkými a malými písmenami pri zhodných položiek. Pre ázijské jazyky sa uplatní zvláštne zachádzanie so znakmi.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fobjnames 22 Vytvorí register z mien objektov.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fdisplay 45 Vyberte časť popisov, ktorú chcete použiť pre položky registra.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fcaptions 2e Vytvorí položky registra z popisov objektov.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fcategory 49 Vyberte kategórie popisov, ktoré chcete použiť ako položky registra.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromoles 21 Zahrnie do  registra OLE objekty.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromframes 24 Zahrnie do registra text v rámcoch.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fuselevel a5 Nastaví odsadenie položiek registra zodpovedajúce tabuľkám, ilustráciám, textu v rámcoch a OLE objektom podľa ich umiestnenia v hierarchii nadpisov kapitol.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromtables 1e Zahrnie do registrov tabuľky.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Ffromgraphics 2a Zahrnie do registra ilustráciu a grafiku.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fobjects 43 Vyberte typ objektov, ktoré chcete zahrnúť do tabuľky objektov.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fbrackets 49 Vyberte zátvorky, ktoré chcete použiť pre odkazovanie na literatúru.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocindexpage%2Fnumberentries 2b Automaticky čísluje položky literatúry.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fassignstylesdialog%2Fright 45 Posuňte vybraný štýl odseku v registri o jednu úroveň nižšie.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fassignstylesdialog%2FAssignStylesDialog 40 Vytvorí položky registrov pomocou určitých štýlov odsekov.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fassignstylesdialog%2Fleft 45 Posuňte vybraný štýl odseku v registri o jednu úroveň vyššie.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2FTocEntriesPage 94 Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the Type tab.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Freltostyle b8 Nastaví zarážku tabulátora vzhľadom k "odsadeniu zľava" určenom v štýle odseku v záložke Štýly. Inak je zarážka tabulátora nastavená vzhľadom k ľavému okraju textu.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fnumberformat 7e Iba viditeľné, ak kliknete na tlačidlo E# v riadku štruktúra. Vyberte ukázať číslo kapitoly s alebo bez oddeľovača.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Falignright 38 Zarovná zarážku tabulátora k pravému okraju strany.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Ftabstoppos 4d Vložte vzdialenosť medzi ľavým okrajom stránky a zarážkou tabulátora.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Ffillchar 24 Vyberte vodiaci znak pre tabulátor.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fcharstyle 44 Určite štýl formátovania pre vybranú časť riadku Štruktúra.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fchapterno 6d Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose Tools - Chapter Numbering.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Ftoken 23 Zobrazí zbytok riadku Štruktúra.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fhyperlink 182 Vytvorí odkaz pre časť položky, ktorá je uzavretá medzi (LS) a (LE). V riadku Štruktúra kliknite na prázdne pole pred časť, pre ktorú chcete odkaz vytvoriť a kliknite na toto tlačidlo. Potom vyberte prázdne pole za časť, pre ktorú tvoríte odkaz, a opäť kliknete na toto tlačidlo. Všetky hypertextové odkazy musia byť jedinečné. Je k dispozícii len pre obsah.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fedit 42 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom môžete upraviť vybraný štýl znaku.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fentrytext 1e Vloží text nadpisu kapitoly.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Ftabstop dd Vloží zarážku tabulátoru. Ak chcete pridať vodiace bodkovanie, vyberte znak v poli  Vyplniť znakom. Polohu zarážky môžeme nastaviť v poli Umiestnenie kroku tabulátora, alebo zaškrtnite pole Zarovnať vpravo.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fall 46 Applies the current settings to all levels without closing the dialog.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fpageno 29 Vloží číslo strany výskytu položky.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fcommasep 40 Usporiada zoznam položiek oddelených čiarkou na jeden riadok.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fentryoutlinelevel 5a Vložte najvyššiu úroveň tých objektov, ktoré sú zobrazené vo vygenerovanom obsahu
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Falphadelim 55 Používa vychádzajúce znaky abecedy usporiadané do zoznamu ako hlavičky sekcií.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fmainstyle d4 Špecifikujte štýl formátovania pre hlavné položky v abecednom zozname. Pre konverziu zoznamu položiek do hlavnej položky, kliknite na zoznam polí v dokumente a potom vyberte Upraviť - Položka registra.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fchapterinfo 7a Vloží informácie o kapitole ako je hlavička a číslo. Vyberte informácie, ktoré chcete zobraziť Položka kapitoly.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fchapterentry 42 Vyberte informácie o kapitole, ktoré chcete zahrnúť do zoznamu
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fdown3cb 35 Zoradí položky literatúry zostupne podľa abecedy.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Finsert 9e Pridá kód odkazu na vybranú položku literatúry do riadku "Štruktúra". Vyberte položku zo zoznamu, kliknite na prázdne pole a potom na toto tlačidlo.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fauthfield 79 Ak chcete pridať položku do riadku Štruktúra, kliknite na prázdne pole v riadku Štruktúra, a kliknite na Vložiť.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fremove 34 Odstráni vybraný kód odkazu z riadku Štruktúra.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fkey3lb a0 Vyberte položku, podľa ktorej chcete zoradiť literatúru. Táto možnosť je aktívna iba ak je vybraná možnosť Obsah v oddiely zoraďovať podľa plochy.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fup3cb 36 Zoradí položky literatúry vzostupne podľa abecedy.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fsortpos 44 Zoradí položky literatúry podľa výskytov odkazov na ne v texte.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftocentriespage%2Fsortcontents 75 Zoradí položky literatúry podľa kľúčov na zoradenie, ktoré vyberiete, napr. podľa autora alebo roku vydania.
16 HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4 40 Tu vyberte požadované údaje pre zoznam použitej literatúry.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateauthorentry%2FCreateAuthorEntryDialog 35 Zmeniť obsah položky zoznamu použitej literatúry.
1d HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE 31 Vyberte zdroj pre položku použitej literatúry.
19 HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER 7d Zobrazuje krátky názov položky literatúry. Nové meno tu môžete vložiť iba, ak vytvárate novú položku literatúry.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateautomarkdialog%2FCreateAutomarkDialog 53 Vytvorte alebo upravte zoznam slov, ktoré budú zaradené do abecedného registra.
1e HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_EDIT_ENTRY 78 Otvorte dialóg Definovať položku použitej literatúry, kde môžete upraviť vybraný záznam použitej literatúry.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Ffrombibliography 33 Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.
1d .uno%3AInsertAuthoritiesEntry 27 Vloží odkaz na použitú literatúru.
1d HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_DOC_RB 47 Vloží odkaz z použitej literatúry uloženej v aktuálnom dokumente.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
20 HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CREATE_ENTRY 110 Otvorte dialóg Definovať položku použitej literatúry, kde môžete vytvoriť nový záznam použitej literatúry. Taký záznam je uložený iba v dokumente. ak ho chcete pridať do databázy použitej literatúry, zvoľte Nástroje - Databáza použitej literatúry.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbibliographyentry%2Fentrylb 49 Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.
16 HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_OK c9 Vloží do textu odkaz na použitú literatúru. Ak ste vytvorili novú položku v zozname použitej literatúry, musíte na nu do textu umiestniť odkaz, inak sa záznam po zavretí dokumentu stratí.
1a .uno%3AInsertFrameInteract 75 Nakreslí rámec ťahaním v dokumente. Kliknite na šípku vedľa ikony, ak chcete určiť počet stĺpcov v rámci.
12 .uno%3AInsertFrame 61 Vloží rámec, ktorý ide použiť pre vytvorenie jedného či viacej stĺpcov textu a objektov.
32 SW%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_INSERT_TABLE%3ABT_AUTOFORMAT 63 Otvorí dialóg Automatický formát, kde môžete vybrať preddefinované rozdelenie pre tabuľku.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fbordercb 21 Adds a border to the table cells.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fdontsplitcb 34 Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Frepeatheaderspin 3f Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fnameedit 1b Enter a name for the table.
12 .uno%3AInsertTable a8 Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fheadercb 24 Includes a heading row in the table.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fcolspin 37 Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Frowspin 34 Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Frepeatcb 65 Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fexchangedatabases%2Favailablelb 38 Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fexchangedatabases%2Fbrowse 8e Zobrazí dialóg Otvoriť súbor, kde môžete vybrať súbor s databázou (*.odb). Vybraný súbor sa pridá do zoznamu dostupných databáz.
1a .uno%3AChangeDatabaseField 2b Zmeniť zdroje dát pre aktuálny dokument.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fexchangedatabases%2Fdefine 68 Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the Available Databases list.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fexchangedatabases%2Finuselb 21 Vypíše používané databázou.
10 .uno%3AInsertDoc 5a Inserts the contents of another document into the current document at the cursor position.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Ftext 2f Napíšte kód skriptu, ktorý chcete vložiť.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Fprevious 24 Skočiť na predchádzajúci skript.
13 .uno%3AInsertScript 46 Na pozíciu kurzora vloží skript do HTML alebo textového dokumentu.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Fnext 1c Skočiť na ďalší skript.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Fscripttype 2c Zadajte typ skriptu, ktorý chcete vložiť.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Fbrowse 44 Nájdite skript, na ktorý chcete odkazovať a kliknite na Vložiť.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertscript%2Furlentry b7 Pridá odkaz na súbor skriptu. Kliknite na prepínač URL  a potom vložte odkaz do pola. Môžete tiež kliknúť na tlačidlo nájsť (...), nájsť súbor a kliknúť na Vložiť.
17 .uno%3AInsertPageHeader 9f Pridá alebo odoberie hlavičku zo štýlu strany, ktorý vyberiete v podponuke. Hlavička je pridaná všetkým stranám, ktoré používajú vybraný štýl.
17 .uno%3AInsertPageFooter 97 Pridá alebo odoberie pätu zo štýlu strany, ktorý vyberiete v podponuke. Päta je pridaná všetkým stranám, ktoré používajú vybraný štýl.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinWidow 98 Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinOrphan 8a Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckSplitPara 88 Pri zalomení stránky či stĺpca sa odsek nerozdeľuje, ale celý sa posunie na nasledujúcu stránku alebo do nasledujúceho stĺpca.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcomboPageStyle 51 Vyberte štýl formátovania, ktorý sa použije pre prvú stránku po zalomení.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckKeepPara 52 Pri zalomení stránky či stĺpca ponechá súčasný a nasledujúci odsek spolu.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckPageStyle 6c Zaškrtnite toto pole a potom vyberte štýl stránky, ktorý chcete použiť pre prvú stranu po zalomení.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcomboBreakPosition 27 Vyberte, kam chcete zalomenie vložiť.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcomboBreakType 2e Vyberte typ zalomenia, ktorý chcete vložiť.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinLineEnd 63 Zadajte minimálny počet znakov, ktoré majú zostať na konci riadku, kým sa vloží spojovník.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckAuto 37 Automatický vkladá rozdeľovače na potrebné miesta.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FTextFlowPage 2b Specify hyphenation and pagination options.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinLineBegin 57 Zadajte minimálny počet znakov, ktoré musia byť na začiatku riadku po spojovníku.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinMaxNum 5d Zadajte maximálny počet po sebe idúcich riadkov, na ktorých môže byť rozdelené slovo.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FspinPageNumber 92 Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextflowpage%2FcheckInsert 4c Zaškrtnite toto pole a potom vyberte typ zalomenia, ktorý chcete použiť.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FcomboBOX_TEMPLATE 44 Zvoľte štýl formátovania, ktorý chcete použiť pre iniciálky.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FentryEDT_TEXT 55 Zadajte text, ktorý chcete zobraziť ako iniciálky namiesto prvých písmen odseku.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FcheckCB_SWITCH 38 Pre označené odseky sa použije nastavenie iniciálok.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FDropCapPage 94 Prvé písmeno odseku sa zobrazí ako veľké písmeno cez niekoľko riadkov. Odsek musí mať aspoň toľko riadkov, koľko určíte v poli Riadky.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FcheckCB_WORD 68 Zobrazí prvé písmeno prvého slova odseku ako iniciálku a ostatné písmená slova veľkým písmom.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FspinFLD_DROPCAPS 36 Zadajte počet znakov, ktoré sa zmenia na iniciálky.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FspinFLD_LINES 70 Zadajte počet riadkov, cez ktoré sa má iniciálka roztiahnuť. U kratších odsekov sa iniciálka nezobrazí.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fdropcapspage%2FspinFLD_DISTANCE 42 Zadajte vzdialenosť medzi iniciálkami a zvyškom textu v odseku.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2FspinNF_RESTART_PARA 37 Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2FcheckCB_RESTART_PARACOUNT 56 Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2FspinNF_NEW_START 3a Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2FcomboLB_OUTLINE_LEVEL 54 Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2FNumParaPage a7 Adds or removes outline level, numbering, or bullets from the paragraph. You can also select the style of numbering to use, and reset the numbering in a numbered list.
3f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2FcheckCB_NUMBER_NEW_START 5a Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2FcomboLB_NUMBER_STYLE 43 Select the Numbering Style that you want to apply to the paragraph.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2Feditnumstyle 34 Edit the properties of the selected numbering style.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2FcheckCB_COUNT_PARA 35 Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumparapage%2FcheckCB_NEW_START 30 Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.
11 .uno%3APageDialog 8e Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Flineposlb 7a Vyberte zvislé zarovnanie oddeľovacej čiary. Táto voľba je k dispozícii len ak je  Výška  čiary menšia ako 100%.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Flineheightmf 42 Zadajte dĺžku oddeľovacej čiary v percentách výšky stĺpca.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Flinestylelb 71 Vyberte štýl formátovania pre čiaru oddeľujúcu stĺpce. Ak nechcete oddeľovacie čiaru, zvoľte "Žiadny".
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fspacing2mf 3f Zadajte medzeru, ktorú chcete vynechať medzi dvoma stĺpcami.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fcolsnf 56 Zadajte počet stĺpcov, ktoré chcete zobraziť na stránke, v rámci alebo v sekcii.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fapplytolb 41 Vyberte objekt, na ktorý chcete použiť stĺpcové rozvrhnutie.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2FColumnPage 4e Určí počet a rozloženie stĺpcov pre štýl stránky, rámca alebo sekcie.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fautowidth 22 Vytvorí stĺpce rovnakej šírky.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fwidth3mf 18 Zadajte šírku stĺpca.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fbalance 80 Rozdelí text na viacstĺpcové sekcie. Text je rozdelený do stĺpcov rovnakej výšky. Výška sekcie sa nastaví automaticky.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fnext 18 Zobrazí stĺpec vpravo.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Fback 18 Zobrazí stĺpec vľavo.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Fspacingtocontents 66 Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Flength 4e Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Fmaxheightpage 5b Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Fcolor 27 Select the color of the separator line.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Fmaxheightsb 2f Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Fthickness 2b Select the thickness of the separator line.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2FFootnoteAreaPage 7a Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Fposition 61 Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Fmaxheight 57 Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Fstyle 67 Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnoteareapage%2Fspacetotext 72 Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.
3f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendntnumfmt 31 Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendoffset 35 Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendntnum 3e Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendntattextend 28 Adds endnotes at the end of the section.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnsuffix 42 Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendprefix 46 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number
41 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnnumviewbox 2d Select the numbering style for the footnotes.
41 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendnumviewbox 2c Select the numbering style for the endnotes.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnntattextend aa Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fendsuffix 41 Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.
4c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2FFootnotesEndnotesTabPage 58 Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnntnum 3f Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnprefix 48 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnoffset 36 Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.
3f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotesendnotestabpage%2Fftnntnumfmt 32 Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FlistLB_COLOR 35 Určuje nastavenia tlače a farieb textovej mriežky.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FcheckCB_RUBYBELOW 38 Zobrazuje Ruby text vľavo alebo pod základným textom.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FradioRB_CHARSGRID 5e Pridá alebo odstráni v aktuálnom štýle stránky textovú mriežku pre riadky alebo znaky.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FspinMF_RUBYSIZE 27 Zadajte veľkosť písma pre Ruby text.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FTextGridPage b8 Pridá k aktuálnemu štýlu stránky textovú mriežku. Táto voľba je k dispozícii iba ak je zapnutá podpora ázijských jazykov  Nástroje - Voľby - Nastavenia jazyka - Jazyky).
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FspinMF_TEXTSIZE 5b Zadajte základnú veľkosť textu. Pri väčších hodnotách bude na riadku menej znakov.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FspinNF_LINESPERPAGE 2c Zadajte maximálny počet riadkov na stranu.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftextgridpage%2FspinNF_CHARSPERLINE 31 Zadajte maximálny počet znakov na jeden riadok.
14 .uno%3AGraphicDialog 47 Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected image.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Ffollowtextflow b5 Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Ffollowtextflow b5 Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Ftopage 2a Anchors the selection to the current page.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fvertpos 34 Select the vertical alignment option for the object.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fautoheight a6 Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fbyhori 86 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the To box.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Frelheightrelation 6c Decides what 100% height means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fmirror 41 Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fheight 37 Enter the height that you want for the selected object.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Forigsize 47 Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Faschar 73 Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fvertpos 34 Select the vertical alignment option for the object.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fheight 37 Enter the height that you want for the selected object.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2FFrameTypePage 4e Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Frelwidthrelation 6b Decides what 100% width means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fwidth 36 Enter the width that you want for the selected object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2FSwPosSizePage 4e Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fwidth 36 Enter the width that you want for the selected object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fratio 55 Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fvertanchor 46 Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Ftochar 25 Anchors the selection to a character.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Ftopage 2a Anchors the selection to the current page.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Ftopara 2f Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Frelwidth 5f Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fvertanchor 46 Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Frelheight 61 Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fratio 55 Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Ftopara 2f Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Ftochar 25 Anchors the selection to a character.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Faschar 73 Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fhoripos 36 Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fbyvert 85 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the To box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fhoripos 36 Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fhorianchor 48 Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2Fhorianchor 48 Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fmirror 41 Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fbyhori 86 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the To box.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmtypepage%2Fbyvert 85 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the To box.
27 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Ftop 52 Vloženie veľkosti medzery, ktorú chcete medzi horným okrajom objektu a textom.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fright 50 Vloženie veľkosti medzery, ktorú chcete medzi pravým rohom objektu a textom.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Foutside 60 Text obteká iba okolo obrysu objektu, ale nie vo voľných oblastiach vo vnútri tvaru objektu.
12 .uno%3AWrapContour 71 Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the Through wrap type, or for frames.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Foutline 71 Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the Through wrap type, or for frames.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Ftransparent 71 Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the Through wrap type.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fleft 50 Vloženie veľkosti medzery, ktorú chcete medzi ľavým rohom objektu a textom.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrapdialog%2FWrapDialog 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fthrough 27 Places the object in front of the text.
f .uno%3AWrapMenu 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
f .uno%3ATextWrap 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fbefore 3f Text obteká objekt na ľavej strane, ak je tu dostatok miesta.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fnone 96 Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Foptimal ce Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped.
e .uno%3AWrapOff 96 Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2FWrapPage 37 Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fafter 42 Text obteká objekt na pravej strane, ak je je tu dostatok miesta.
d .uno%3AWrapOn 3f Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.
1d .uno%3AWrapThroughTransparent 71 Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the Through wrap type.
12 .uno%3AWrapThrough 27 Places the object in front of the text.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fbottom 52 Vloženie veľkosti medzery, ktorú chcete medzi dolným okrajom objektu a textom.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fparallel 3f Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.
10 .uno%3AWrapIdeal ce Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwrappage%2Fanchoronly 3e Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.
15 .uno%3AWrapAnchorOnly 3e Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2Fspinbutton 8f Zadajte farebnú toleranciu kvapkátka v percentách. Ak chcete zväčšiť rozsah farieb, ktoré kvapkátko vyberie, zadajte vyššiu hodnotu.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_POLYEDIT 46 Umožnenie zmeny tvaru obrysu. Kliknite tu a ťahajte úchytky obrysu.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_APPLY 24 Použitie obrysu na vybraný objekt.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_RECT 88 Kreslenie obdĺžnikovej kontúry ťahaním v náhľade objektu. Na kreslenie štvorca držte stlačenú klávesu Shift počas ťahania.
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_SELECT 36 Zmenenie režimu výberu, aby ste mohli vybrať obrys.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2Fcontainer 1c Zobrazenie náhľadu obrysu.
14 .uno%3AContourDialog 74 Zmenenie obrysu vybraného objektu. $[officename] používa obrys pre určenie obtekania textu možnosti pre objekt.
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_POLYDELETE 65 Odstránenie bodu z náhľadu obrysu. Kliknite sem, potom kliknite na bod, ktorý chcete odstrániť.
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_CIRCLE 39 Kreslenie oválneho obrysu ťahaním v náhľade objektu.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_POLY 196 Kreslenie uzavretých obrysov zložených z úsečiek. Kliknite tam, kde chcete začať mnohouholník a ťahaním kreslite úsečku. Kliknite znovu kvôli definovaniu konca úsečky a pokračujte v klikaní na definovanie zvyšných úsečiek mnohouholníka. Dvakrát kliknite na ukončenie kreslenia mnohouholníka. Na obmedzenie uhlov mnohouholníka na 45 stupňov držte počas klikania stlačený Shift
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_POLYMOVE 30 Ťahaním úchytiek obrysu sa mení tvar obrysu.
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_WORKPLACE 5b Odstránenie používateľského obrysu. Kliknite tu, a potom kliknite v oblasti náhľadu.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_UNDO 1a Vrátenie poslednej akcie.
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_POLYINSERT 7b Vloženie úchytky, ktorou sa pri jej ťahaní môže meniť tvar obrysu. Kliknite sem a potom kliknite na náhľad obrysu.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_AUTOCONTOUR 47 Automatické kreslenie obrysu okolo objektu, ktorý môžete editovať.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_REDO 29 Obnoví poslednú akciu príkazu Späť .
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffloatingcontour%2FTBI_PIPETTE cb Vybranie rovnakých častí bitmapy, ktoré majú rovnakú farbu. Kliknite tu, a potom kliknite na farbu v bitmape. Zvýšenie rozsahu vybraných farieb sa dosiahne zvýšením hodnôt v Tolerancia boxe.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fentry a0 Zobrazovanie cesty k odkazovanému obrázku. Na zmenenie odkazu kliknite na prehľadávacie tlačidlo (...) a potom vyberte súbor, na ktorý chcete odkazovať.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fleftpages 39 Flips the selected image horizontally only on even pages.
15 .uno%3AFlipHorizontal 24 Flips the selected image vertically.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fbrowse 55 Vyberte súbor s obrázkom, na ktorý chcete odkazovať a potom kliknite na Otvoriť.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Frightpages 38 Flips the selected image horizontally only on odd pages.
13 .uno%3AFlipVertical 26 Flips the selected image horizontally.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2FPicturePage 3d Specify the flip and the link options for the selected image.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fhori 26 Flips the selected image horizontally.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fvert 24 Flips the selected image vertically.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpicturepage%2Fallpages 33 Flips the selected image horizontally on all pages.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feventassignpage%2Fassign 31 Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feventassignpage%2Fmacros 72 Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click Assign.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feventassignpage%2Fdelete 35 Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feventassignpage%2Flibraries 44 Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.
2c cui%2Fui%2Feventassignpage%2FEventAssignPage 4c Specifies the macro to run when you click an image, frame, or an OLE object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feventassignpage%2Fassignments 2a Lists the events that can trigger a macro.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Fclient 47 Používanie obrázkovej mapy ktorú ste vytvorili pre vybraný objekt.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Furl 36 Zadajte celú cestu k súboru, ktorý chcete otvoriť.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Fserver 2d Použitie obrázkovej mapy na strane servera.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2FFrameURLPage 56 Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Fsearch 49 Určenie súboru, ktorý chcete otvoriť hypertextovým odkazom Otvoriť.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Fname 29 Vloženie názvu pre hypertextový odkaz.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmurlpage%2Fframe 47 Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fvertalign fe Specifies the vertical alignment of the frame's content. Mainly it means text content, but it also affects tables and other objects anchored to the text area (anchored as character, to character or to paragraph), for example frames, graphics or drawings.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Feditinreadonly 63 Umožňuje upravovať obsah rámca v dokumente, ktorý je iba na čítanie (ochrana proti zápisu).
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprotectsize 25 Zamknutie veľkosti vybraného prvku.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Ftextflow b0 Určenie preferovaného druhu obtekania textu v rámci. Pre používanie predvoleného nastavenia obtekania textu vyberte Používajte nadradené nastavenia objektu zo zoznamu.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprotectframe 3b Zamknutie pozície vybraného prvku v aktuálnom dokumente.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fname 25 Vloženie názvu pre vybraný objekt.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2FFrameAddPage 3f Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Faltname a0 Vloženie textu, ktorý sa zobrazí vo webovom prehliadači, keď je vybratý objekt nedostupný. Alternatívny text sa používa na pomoc ľuďom s handicapom.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprintframe 2d Zahŕňa vybraný prvok pri tlači dokumentu.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprotectcontent 33 Zamedzovanie zmenám obsahov vo vybraných prvkoch.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fprev f9 Zobrazovanie prvku (objekt, obrázok alebo rámec), ktorý je pred súčasným v postupnosti odkazov. Na pridanie alebo zmenu predchádzajúceho odkazu vyberte názov zo zoznamu. Ak spájate rámce, súčasný a cieľový rámec musí byť prázdny.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffrmaddpage%2Fnext e6 Zobrazovanie prvku (objekt, obrázok alebo rámec), ktorý je za súčasným v postupnosti odkazov. Na pridanie alebo zmenu nasledujúceho odkazu vyberte názov zo zoznamu. Ak spájate rámce, cieľový rámec musí byť prázdny.
12 .uno%3AFrameDialog 6d Otvorenie dialógu, v ktorom môžete meniť vlastnosti vybraného objektu, napríklad jeho veľkosť a meno.
12 .uno%3ATableDialog 73 Určenie vlastností vybranej tabuľky, napríklad názov, zarovnanie, rozostup, šírku stĺpca, okraje a pozadie.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Frightmf 6a Vloženie veľkosti vzdialenosti, ktorú chcete nechať medzi pravým okrajom stránky a okrajom tabuľky.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fleftmf 62 Vloženie veľkosti miesta, ktoré chcete nechať medzi ľavým okrajom strany a okrajom tabuľky.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fcenter 28 Vycentruje tabuľku vodorovne na strane.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fright 3d Zarovnanie pravého okraja tabuľky k pravému okraju strany.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fabovemf 4e Vloženie vzdialenosti, medzi horným okrajom tabuľky a textom nad tabuľkou.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Ffromleft 66 Zarovnanie ľavého okraja tabuľky k vzoru, ktorý ste vložili v Ľavom poli v časti Vzdialenosť .
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fname 72 Zadanie interného názvu pre tabuľku. Tento názov môžte použiť na rýchle nájdenie tabuľky v Navigátore.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Frelwidth 3d Zobrazenie šírky tabuľky ako v percentách šírky strany.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2FFormatTablePage 49 Nastavenie veľkosti, pozície, rozostupu a zarovnania vybranej tabuľky.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Ffree 70 Horizontálne zarovnanie tabuľky na základe vložených hodnôt Vľavo a Vpravo v poli v časti Vzdialenosť .
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fwidthmf 1b Vloženie šírky tabuľky.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Ffull 45 Rozširovanie tabuľky vodorovne k ľavému a pravému okraju strany.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fbelowmf 4e Vloženie vzdialenosti medzi spodným okrajom tabuľky a textom pod tabuľkou.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fformattablepage%2Fleft 3d Zarovnanie ľavého okraja tabuľky k ľavému okraju strany.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fnext 3d Zobrazenie stĺpcov tabuľky na pravo od aktuálneho stĺpca.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fwidth6 27 Vloženie požadovanej šírky stĺpca.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fback 3d Zobrazenie stĺpcov tabuľky na ľavo od aktuálneho stĺpca.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fspace-nospin 8f Zobrazenie veľkosti miesta, ktoré je dostupné pre úpravu šírky stĺpcov. Pre nastavenie šírky tabuľky kliknite na záložku Tabuľka .
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fadaptwidth 3c Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftablecolumnpage%2Fadaptcolumns 42 If possible, change in column width will be equal for each column.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fvertorient 39 Určenie zvislého zarovnania textu pre bunky v tabuľke.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Frepeatheadernf 42 Vloženie počtu riadkov, ktoré majú byť zahrnuté v záhlaví.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fheadline 5d Opakovanie záhlavia tabuľky na novej strane, keď tabuľka presiahne viac ako jednu stranu.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fkeep 47 Keď vložíte zalomenie, udrží tabuľku a nasledujúci odsek pokope.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fsplitrow 3e Umožnenie zalomenia stránky alebo stĺpca v riadku tabuľky.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fsplit 44 Umožnenie zalomenia stránky alebo stĺpca medzi riadkami tabuľky.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fpagenonf 92 Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fpagestylelb 61 Vybratie štýlu strany, ktorý chcete aplikovať na prvú stranu, ktorá nasleduje po zalomení.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fbreak 66 Vyberte toto zaškrtávacie políčko a potom vyberte typ zalomenia, ktorý chcete priradiť tabuľke.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fpage 2e Vloženie zalomenia strany pred a po tabuľke.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fpagestyle 64 Použitie štýlu strany, ktorý ste určili pre prvú stranu, ktorá nasleduje po zalomenej strane.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fafter 35 Vloženie zalomenia strany alebo stĺpca po tabuľke.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2FTableTextFlowPage 39 Nastavenie možností obtekania textu pred a po tabuľke.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fbefore 38 Vloženie zalomenia strany alebo stĺpca pred tabuľkou.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Ftextdirection 31 Select the orientation for the text in the cells.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftabletextflowpage%2Fcolumn 49 Vloženie zalomenia stĺpca pred a po tabuľke na viac stĺpcovej strane.
e .uno%3AProtect 31 Chráni obsah vybraných buniek pred jeho zmenou.
19 .uno%3AUnsetCellsReadOnly 41 Zruší ochranu pre všetky vybrané bunky v aktuálnej tabuľke.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frowheight%2Ffit 3b Automaticky nastavuje výšku riadka podľa obsahov buniek.
13 .uno%3ASetRowHeight 2d Zmenenie výšky vybraného(ých) riadka(ov).
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frowheight%2Fheightmf 3d Vloženie výšky, ktorú chcete pre vybraný(é) riadok(ky).
1a .uno%3ASetOptimalRowHeight 3f Automatické nastavovanie výšky riadka podľa obsahov buniek.
10 .uno%3AEntireRow 28 Vybratie riadka, ktorý obsahuje kurzor.
11 .uno%3ADeleteRows 30 Zmazanie vybraného(ých) riadka(ov) z tabuľky.
15 .uno%3ASetColumnWidth 2e Zmenenie šírky vybraného(ých) stĺpca(ov).
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnwidth%2Fwidth 39 Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnwidth%2Fcolumn 46 Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.
1c .uno%3ASetOptimalColumnWidth 48 Automatické upravovanie šírky stĺpca k príslušnému obsahu buniek.
13 .uno%3AEntireColumn 29 Vybratie stĺpca, ktorý obsahuje kurzor.
29 cui%2Fui%2Finsertrowcolumn%2Finsert_after 5c Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.
2a cui%2Fui%2Finsertrowcolumn%2Finsert_before 5b Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.
2a cui%2Fui%2Finsertrowcolumn%2Finsert_number 32 Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.
16 .uno%3AInsertRowDialog 1d Vloženie riadku do tabuľky.
19 .uno%3AInsertColumnDialog 1e Vloženie stĺpca do tabuľky.
14 .uno%3ADeleteColumns 32 Vymazanie vybraného(ých) stĺpca(ov) z tabuľky.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Fremove 51 Kliknite tu pre vymazanie aktuálneho kontextu priradeného k vybranému štýlu.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Fapply 55 Kliknete na Priradiť pre aplikovanie vybraného Štýlu odseku pre určený kontext.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Fstyles 69 Zoznam všetkých štýlov odseku, ktoré môžu byť priradené kontextu, je obsiahnutý v poli zoznamu.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Fcondstyle 4a Zaškrtnutie tohto políčka definuje nový štýl ako podmienený štýl.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconditionpage%2Flinks f5 Tu je možné vidieť $[officename] preddefinované kontexty, vrátane úrovní osnovy jedna až desať, úrovní číslovania/odrážok jedna až desať, tabuľky, obsahu tabuľky, sekcie, ohraničenia, poznámky pod čiarou, hlavičky a päty.
1b .uno%3AStyleUpdateByExample 96 The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window.
1e SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE 62 Vytvorenie nového štýlu založeného na formátovaní aktuálneho odseku, strany alebo výberu.
18 .uno%3AStyleNewByExample 62 Vytvorenie nového štýlu založeného na formátovaní aktuálneho odseku, strany alebo výberu.
11 .uno%3ALoadStyles 5c Otvorenie dialógu Načítať štýly, ktorý umožňuje import štýlov z iného dokumentu.
21 SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE 96 The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window.
1a SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN a0 Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 75 Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.
15 SFX2_HID_TEMPLATE_FMT 82 Use the Styles deck of the Sidebar to apply, create, edit, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.
10 .uno%3APageStyle 2c Zobrazenie štýlu formátovania pre strany.
10 .uno%3ACharStyle 2c Zobrazenie štýlov formátovania pre znaky.
16 .uno%3ATemplateFamily5 4a Zobrazenie štýlov formátovania pre číslované a odrážkové zoznamy.
11 .uno%3AFrameStyle 2d Zobrazenie štýlov formátovania pre rámce.
10 .uno%3AParaStyle 2b Zobrazuje štýly pre formátovanie odseku.
17 .uno%3AOnlineAutoFormat 95 Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose Tools - AutoCorrect Options, and then click the Options tab.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Frename 5b Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the "Standard" table style.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fpatterncb 37 Includes background styles in the selected table style.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fbordercb 33 Includes border styles in the selected table style.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Falignmentcb 38 Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.
2c SW%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE%3ALB_FORMAT 6f Zoznam dostupných štýlov na formátovanie tabuľky. Kliknite na požadovaný formát a potom kliknite na OK.
11 HID_AUTOFMT_TABLE 64 Automaticky priradí formátovanie súčasnej tabuľke, vrátane písma, tieňovania a ohraničenia.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fadd 23 Adds a new table style to the list.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 21 Deletes the selected table style.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Ffontcb 35 Includes font formatting in the selected table style.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fnumformatcb 37 Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpercentdialog%2FPercentDialog 61 Zadajte minimálnu dĺžku (v percentách šírky stránky) na spojenie jednoriadkových odsekov.
16 .uno%3AAutoFormatApply 66 Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrectOptions.
17 HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG 91 Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.
15 HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT 27 Odmietnuť všetky zmeny formátovania.
1d .uno%3AAutoFormatRedlineApply a3 Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under Tools - AutoCorrect Options. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.
15 HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT 24 Prijať všetky zmeny formátovania.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Ffromfile 4d Vyberte súbor, ktorý obsahuje požadované štýly, a kliknite na Otvoriť.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Foverwrite 5e Nahradí štýly v aktuálnom dokumente, ktoré majú rovnaký názov ako načítané štýly.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Fnumbering 4e Načíta štýly číslovania z vybraného dokumentu do aktuálneho dokumentu.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Fcategories 73 Zoznam dostupných kategórií šablón. Kliknutím na kategóriu v zozname Šablóny môžete zobraziť jej obsah.
11 .uno%3ALoadStyles 5c Importuje štýly formátovania z iného dokumentu alebo šablóny do aktuálneho dokumentu.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Fframe 48 Načíta štýly rámca z vybraného dokumentu do aktuálneho dokumentu.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Ftemplates 33 Zoznam dostupných šablón vo vybranej kategórii.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Ftext 5b Načíta štýly odseku a znakové štýly z vybraného dokumentu do aktuálneho dokumentu.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Floadtemplatedialog%2Fpages 4a Načíta štýly stránky z vybraného dokumentu do aktuálneho dokumentu.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsplittable%2Fcustomheading 34 Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsplittable%2Fnoheading 30 Splits the table without copying the header row.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsplittable%2Fcustomheadingapplystyle 77 Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.
11 .uno%3ASplitTable 4c Na pozícii kurzoru rozdelí aktuálnu tabuľku na dve samostatné tabuľky.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsplittable%2Fcopyheading 52 Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.
11 .uno%3AMergeTable 7f Zlúči dve po sebe nasledujúce tabuľky do jednej. Tabuľky musia nasledovať priamo po sebe a nesmú byť oddelené odsekom.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fdelete 3e Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.
10 .uno%3AHyphenate 47 Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2FHyphenateDialog 47 Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.
d HID_HYPHENATE 2c Vloží pomlčku na určené miesto v slove.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fworded 3d Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fright 73 Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhyphenate%2Fcontinue 48 Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fwordcount%2FWordCountDialog ae Counts the words and characters, with or without spaces, in the current selection and in the whole document. The count is kept up to date as you type or change the selection.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumbering%2Fsaveas 9a Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected chapter and outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.
1d .uno%3AChapterNumberingDialog 51 Určuje formát čísla a hierarchiu číslovania kapitol v súčasnom dokumente.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnumberingnamedialog%2Fform 96 Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumbering%2Fform1 5c Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumbering%2Fuser 75 Saves or loads a chapter and outline number format. A saved outline number format is available to all text documents.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fstartat 47 Zadajte číslo, od ktorého chcete reštartovať číslovanie kapitol.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fstyle 5d Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected chapter and outline level.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fsuffix 3b Zadajte text, ktorý chcete zobraziť za číslom kapitoly.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Flevel 72 Click the chapter and outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fcharstyle 23 Vyberte formát znaku číslovania.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fsublevelsnf 98 Vyberte počet úrovní osnovy, ktoré chcete zahrnúť do číslovania kapitoly. Napr. vyberte "3", ak chcete zobraziť tri úrovne číslovania: 1.1.1
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fprefix 3d Zadajte text, ktorý chcete zobraziť pred číslom kapitoly.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinenumberingpage%2Fnumbering 51 Vyberte štýl číslovania, ktorý chcete použiť pre zvolenú úroveň osnovy.
15 .uno%3AFootnoteDialog 46 Určuje nastavenie zobrazenia pre poznámky pod čiarou / vysvetlivky.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fcharstylelb 5e Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fcontfromed c7 Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, "Continued from Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fpagestylelb 39 Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fposdoccb 3a Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fnumberinglb 4a Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fprefix 59 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fpospagecb 2d Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2FFootnotePage 34 Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fcharanchorstylelb 67 Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fparastylelb 31 Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fcountinglb 2e Select the numbering option for the footnotes.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fconted ca Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, "Continued on Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Foffsetnf 8a Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected "Per Document" in the Counting box.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffootnotepage%2Fsuffix 53 Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fcharstylelb 5c Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fcharanchorstylelb 66 Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Foffsetnf 37 Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fprefix 58 Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fsuffix 52 Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2FEndnotePage 26 Specifies the formatting for endnotes.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fparastylelb 30 Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fendnotepage%2Fpagestylelb 38 Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fdontsplitcb 27 Does not divide the table across pages.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Frepeatheaderssb 25 Repeats the first n rows as a header.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Frepeatheading 3b Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fbordercb 2f Adds a border to the table and the table cells.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fkeepcolumn 50 Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Ftabs 3a Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.
17 .uno%3AConvertTableText 49 Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fheadingcb 34 Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fsemicolons 45 Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fparagraph 40 Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fother 5d Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fautofmt 50 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fconverttexttable%2Fothered 3b Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fmatchcase 7a Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fdelimpb 6c Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fseparator 4d Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Ftabs 56 If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Frows 65 Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fcolumns 45 Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fkey3 46 Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fup3 3c Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Flanglb 33 Select the language that defines the sorting rules.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fcolsb3 51 Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.
11 .uno%3ASortDialog 4a Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Ftypelb3 2f Select the sorting option that you want to use.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsortdialog%2Fdown3 3c Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).
13 .uno%3ACalculateSel 47 Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.
11 .uno%3ARepaginate 78 Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the Status Bar.
15 .uno%3AUpdateCurIndex 1a Updates the current index.
14 .uno%3ARemoveTableOf 23 Deletes the current index or table.
13 .uno%3AEditCurIndex 21 Edits the current index or table.
17 .uno%3AUpdateAllIndexes 98 Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Frestarteverynewpage 40 Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fblanklines 2c Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Ftextentry 33 Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fstyledropdown 46 Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Flinesspin 3a Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fshownumbering 2a Adds line numbers to the current document.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fformatdropdown 30 Select the numbering style that you want to use.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fpositiondropdown 31 Select where you want the line numbers to appear.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fspacingspin 57 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Flinesintextframes 9f Adds line numbers to text in text frames. The numbering restarts in each text frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flinenumbering%2Fintervalspin 31 Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.
10 .uno%3AUpdateAll 64 Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.
13 .uno%3AUpdateCharts 26 Aktualizuje všetky grafy v dokumente.
13 .uno%3AUpdateCharts 26 Aktualizuje všetky grafy v dokumente.
13 .uno%3AUpdateCharts 26 Aktualizuje všetky grafy v dokumente.
16 .uno%3ADrawGraphicMenu 3e Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.
12 .uno%3AMergeDialog 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
16 .uno%3AMailMergeWizard 5f Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Frecentdoclb 11 Vyberte dokument.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Frecentdoc 46 Založí nový dokument hromadnej korešpondencie na už existujúcom.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Fbrowsetemplate 21 Opens a template selector dialog.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Fcurrentdoc 61 Použije aktuálny dokument programu Writer, na ktorom sa založí hromadne rozosielaná správa.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Ftemplate 4c Vyberte šablónu, na ktorej chcete založiť hromadne rozosielanú správu.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2FMMSelectPage 50 Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Fbrowsedoc 45 Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click Open.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Fnewdoc 5f Vytvorí nový dokument aplikácie Writer, na ktorom sa založí hromadne rozosielaná správa.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmselectpage%2Floaddoc 62 Vyberte existujúci dokument programu Writer, na ktorom sa založí hromadne rozosielaná správa.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputtypepage%2Femail 5c Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputtypepage%2FMMOutputTypePage 32 Specify the type of mail merge document to create.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmoutputtypepage%2Fletter 2f Vytlačiť dokumenty hromadnej korešpondencie.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fnext 79 Použite tlačidlá prehliadania pre náhľad dát z predchádzajúceho alebo nasledujúceho záznamu v databáze adries.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fprev 79 Použite tlačidlá prehliadania pre náhľad dát z predchádzajúceho alebo nasledujúceho záznamu v databáze adries.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Faddresslist 8d Opens the Select Address List dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Faddress 31 Adds an address block to the mail merge document.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fsettingspreview 35 Select the address block layout that you want to use.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2FMMAddressBlockPage 5e Specify the recipients for the mail merge document as well as the layout of the address block.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fhideempty 2f Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Faddresspreview 3f Shows a preview of the address block template filled with data.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fassign 26 Otvorí dialóg  Priradiť polia ... .
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmaddressblockpage%2Fsettings 26 Otvorí dialóg  Priradiť polia ... .
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fnext 79 Použite tlačidlá prehliadania pre náhľad dát z predchádzajúceho alebo nasledujúceho záznamu v databáze adries.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fgeneral 74 Vyberte všeobecné oslovenie, ktoré sa uplatňuje v prípade, že ste nezadali žiadne personalizované oslovenie.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Ffemalefield 32 Vyberte pole, ktoré označuje pohlavie príjemcu.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Ffemalecol 55 Vyberte názov poľa z položiek databázy adries, kde je údaj o pohlaví príjemcu.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fprev 79 Použite tlačidlá prehliadania pre náhľad dát z predchádzajúceho alebo nasledujúceho záznamu v databáze adries.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fgreeting 12 Pridať oslovenie.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fassign 26 Otvorí dialóg  Priradiť polia ... .
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fnewmale 30 Otvorí dialóg Vlastné oslovenie (pre mužov).
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Ffemale 3b Vyberte personalizované oslovenie, ak je príjemcom žena.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fpreview 1c Zobrazí náhľad oslovenia.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2FMMSalutationPage 2a Specify the properties for the salutation.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fpersonalized 93 Pridá personalizované oslovenie pre príjemcu hromadnej korešpondencie. Ak chcete použiť všeobecné oslovenie, tak toto pole nezaškrtávajte
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fnewfemale 30 Otvorí dialóg Vlastné oslovenie  (pre ženy).
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmsalutationpage%2Fmale 3a Vyberte personalizované oslovenie, ak je príjemcom muž.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Fexample 3d Provides a preview of the salutation positioning on the page.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Ftop 6a Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2FMMLayoutPage 4c Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Fzoom 2d Select a magnification for the print preview.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Fleft 6c Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Falign 49 Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Fup 12 Pridať oslovenie.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmlayoutpage%2Fdown 12 Pridať oslovenie.
27 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fccdialog%2Fbcc 4a Enter the recipients of e-mail blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fccdialog%2FCCDialog 44 Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).
26 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fccdialog%2Fcc 44 Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcustomizeaddrlistdialog%2Fdelete 18 Odstráni vybrané pole.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcustomizeaddrlistdialog%2Fadd 1c Vloží nové textové pole.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcustomizeaddrlistdialog%2Frename 18 Premenuje vybrané pole.
4a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcustomizeaddrlistdialog%2FCustomizeAddrListDialog 45 Vyberte pole, ktoré chcete posunúť, odstrániť alebo premenovať.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcustomizeaddrlistdialog%2Ftreeview 45 Vyberte pole, ktoré chcete posunúť, odstrániť alebo premenovať.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fright 4e Vyberte položku zo zoznamu a kliknite na tlačidlo so šípkou pre jej posun.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fup 4e Vyberte položku zo zoznamu a kliknite na tlačidlo so šípkou pre jej posun.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Faddrpreview 4e Zobrazí náhľad prvého záznamu v databáze s vytvoreným vzhľadom adresy.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fleft 4e Vyberte položku zo zoznamu a kliknite na tlačidlo so šípkou pre jej posun.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2FAddressBlockDialog 3a Vyberte a presuňte prvok adresy do bloku s novou adresou.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Faddresses 3a Vyberte a presuňte prvok adresy do bloku s novou adresou.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Ftoaddr 6b Pridá vybrané pole z prvkov adresy do bloku s novou adresou. Rovnaké pole môžete pridať aj viackrát.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fdown 4e Vyberte položku zo zoznamu a kliknite na tlačidlo so šípkou pre jej posun.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Fcustom 50 Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Ffromaddr 29 Odstráni vybrané pole z iného zoznamu.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Faddressblockdialog%2Faddressdest 56 Pole usporiadajte buď metódou ťahaj a pusti alebo použite tlačidlá so šípkami.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Fbodymle 22 Enter the main text of the e-mail.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Fgeneral 52 Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Ffemalecol 55 Vyberte názov poľa z položiek databázy adries, kde je údaj o pohlaví príjemcu.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Fnewmale 30 Otvorí dialóg Vlastné oslovenie  (pre ženy).
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2FMailBodyDialog 52 Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as e-mail attachments.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Ffemale 3b Vyberte personalizované oslovenie, ak je príjemcom žena.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Fgreeting 20 Adds a salutation to the e-mail.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Fpersonalized 93 Pridá personalizované oslovenie pre príjemcu hromadnej korešpondencie. Ak chcete použiť všeobecné oslovenie, tak toto pole nezaškrtávajte
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Ffemalefield 32 Vyberte pole, ktoré označuje pohlavie príjemcu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Fnewfemale 30 Otvorí dialóg Vlastné oslovenie  (pre ženy).
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmmailbody%2Fmale 3a Vyberte personalizované oslovenie, ak je príjemcom muž.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Fok 1f Click to start sending e-mails.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Fto-nospin 41 Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Ffrom-nospin 42 Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Ffromrb 77 Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the From box and ending at the record number in the To box.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Fsendallrb 29 Select to send e-mails to all recipients.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2FMMResultEmailDialog 49 Sends the mail merge output as e-mail messages to all or some recipients.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Fmailto 4c Select the database field that contains the e-mail address of the recipient.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Fcopyto 4f Opens the Copy To dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.
1e .uno%3AMailMergeEmailDocuments 49 Sends the mail merge output as e-mail messages to all or some recipients.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Fsubject 2f Enter the subject line for the e-mail messages.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Fattach 21 Shows the name of the attachment.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Fsendassettings 7d Opens the E-Mail Message dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultemaildialog%2Fsendas 2f Select the mail format for the e-mail messages.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffindentrydialog%2Ffind 37 Displays the next record that contains the search text.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffindentrydialog%2Farea 3c Select the data field where you want to search for the text.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffindentrydialog%2Ffindin 27 Restricts the search to one data field.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffindentrydialog%2FFindEntryDialog 42 Searches for a record or recipient in the mail merge address list.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffindentrydialog%2Fentry 16 Enter the search term.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fassignfieldsdialog%2FPREVIEW 3a Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fassignfieldsdialog%2FAssignFieldsDialog 8b Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new address blocks or salutations.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fassignfieldsdialog%2FFIELDS 46 Select a field name in your database for each logical address element.
1e SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_MOVEBUTTONS 4e Vyberte položku zo zoznamu a kliknite na tlačidlo so šípkou pre jej posun.
1a SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_PREVIEW 4e Zobrazí náhľad prvého záznamu v databáze s vytvoreným vzhľadom adresy.
17 SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_DRAG 56 Pole usporiadajte buď metódou ťahaj a pusti alebo použite tlačidlá so šípkami.
19 SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_REMOVE 29 Odstráni vybrané pole z iného zoznamu.
1b SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_ELEMENTS 3a Vyberte a presuňte prvok adresy do bloku s novou adresou.
19 SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_INSERT 6b Pridá vybrané pole z prvkov adresy do bloku s novou adresou. Rovnaké pole môžete pridať aj viackrát.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FCUSTOMIZE 91 Otvorí dialóg  Upraviť databázu kontaktov , v ktorom môžete premiestňovať, premenovávať, pridávať a mazať polia databázy kontaktov.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FFIND 58 Otvorí dialóg  Nájsť záznam. Môžete ho nechať otvorený, kým záznam editujete.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FNEW 2c Pridá nový záznam do databázy kontaktov.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FCreateAddressList 43 Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for mail merge documents.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FSTART 74 Kliknutím na tlačidlá môžete prechádzať záznamy alebo napíšte číslo záznamu, na ktorý chcete  prejsť.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FDELETE 18 Zmaže vybraný záznam.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FNEXT 74 Kliknutím na tlačidlá môžete prechádzať záznamy alebo napíšte číslo záznamu, na ktorý chcete  prejsť.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FEND 74 Kliknutím na tlačidlá môžete prechádzať záznamy alebo napíšte číslo záznamu, na ktorý chcete  prejsť.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FCONTAINER 2d Zadajte alebo upravte kontaktné informácie.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FPREV 74 Kliknutím na tlačidlá môžete prechádzať záznamy alebo napíšte číslo záznamu, na ktorý chcete  prejsť.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcreateaddresslist%2FSETNO-nospin 74 Kliknutím na tlačidlá môžete prechádzať záznamy alebo napíšte číslo záznamu, na ktorý chcete  prejsť.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultprintdialog%2Fok 20 Prints the mail merge documents.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultprintdialog%2Fto-nospin 41 Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultprintdialog%2Ffrom-nospin 42 Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.
1e .uno%3AMailMergePrintDocuments 38 Prints the mail merge output for all or some recipients.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultprintdialog%2Fprinters 13 Select the printer.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultprintdialog%2FMMResultPrintDialog 38 Prints the mail merge output for all or some recipients.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultprintdialog%2Fprintersettings 1f Changes the printer properties.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultprintdialog%2Fprintallrb 24 Prints documents for all recipients.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultprintdialog%2Ffromrb 77 Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the From box and ending at the record number in the To box.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultsavedialog%2Fok 14 Saves the documents.
1d .uno%3AMailMergeSaveDocuments 23 Save the mail merge output to file.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultsavedialog%2Fto-nospin 41 Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultsavedialog%2FMMResultSaveDialog 23 Save the mail merge output to file.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultsavedialog%2Fsinglerb 2b Saves the merged document as a single file.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultsavedialog%2Findividualrb cf Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultsavedialog%2Ffromrb 77 Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the From box and ending at the record number in the To box.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmmresultsavedialog%2Ffrom-nospin 42 Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fedit 59 Opens the Edit Address Block dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fnew 63 Otvorí dialóg  Nová databáza kontaktov , v ktorom môžete vytvoriť novú databázu kontaktov.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fdelete 18 Zmaže vybraný záznam.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fpreview 59 Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click OK.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2FSelectBlockDialog 3f Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for mail merge.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fnever 40 Excludes country or regional information from the address block.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fcountry 3a Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Falways 3e Includes country or regional information in the address block.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectblockdialog%2Fdependent 86 Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Fedit 5c Otvorí dialóg  Nová databáza kontaktov , v ktorom môžete upraviť databázu kontaktov.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Fcreate 63 Otvorí dialóg  Nová databáza kontaktov , v ktorom môžete vytvoriť novú databázu kontaktov.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Fchangetable 65 Otvorí dialóg  Vybrať tabuľku , kde môžete pre hromadnú korešpondenciu vybrať inú tabuľku.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2FSelectAddressDialog 4b Select the address list that you want to use for mail merge, then click OK.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Ffilter 5e Otvorí dialóg  Štandardný filter, kde môžete definovať filtre nad databázou kontaktov.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselectaddressdialog%2Fadd 46 Vyberte zdroj údajov, ktorý chcete použiť ako databázu kontaktov.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselecttabledialog%2Fpreview 1b Otvorí dialóg  Šablóny.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselecttabledialog%2FSelectTableDialog 3f Select the table that you want to use for mail merge addresses.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fselecttabledialog%2Ftable 3f Select the table that you want to use for mail merge addresses.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftitlepage%2FDLG_TITLEPAGE 24 Insert title pages in your document.
16 .uno%3ATitlePageDialog 24 Insert title pages in your document.
17 .uno%3ADefaultNumbering 39 Pridá alebo odstráni číslovanie označených odsekov.
12 .uno%3AChainFrames 29 Spojí označený rámec s iným rámcom.
13 .uno%3AUnhainFrames 1b Zruší prepojenie rámcov.
11 .uno%3AInsertRows 43 Vloží do tabuľky jeden či viac riadkov pod umiestnenie kurzoru.
14 .uno%3AInsertColumns 43 Vloží do tabuľky jeden či viac stĺpcov za umiestnenie kurzoru.
13 .uno%3ATableModeFix 66 Ak je aktívny tento režim, zmeny riadkov alebo stĺpcov ovplyvnia iba susedné riadky alebo stĺpce.
17 .uno%3ATableModeFixProp 53 Ak je tento režim aktívny, zmeny riadkov alebo stĺpcov ovplyvnia celú tabuľku.
18 .uno%3ATableModeVariable 57 Ak je tento režim aktívny, zmeny riadkov alebo stĺpcov ovplyvnia veľkosť tabuľky.
e .uno%3AAutoSum 67 Prevedie súčet hodnôt. Poznámka: ukazovateľ musí byť v bunke, v ktorej sa má súčet zobraziť.
14 .uno%3ARemoveBullets 51 Vypne číslovanie alebo odrážky aktuálneho odseku alebo označených odsekov.
19 .uno%3ADecrementSubLevels 3e Presunie odseky vrátane podčastí o jednu úroveň nižšie.
19 .uno%3AIncrementSubLevels 4d Presunie odseky vrátane podčastí o jednu úroveň v číslovaní vyššie.
1d .uno%3AInsertNeutralParagraph 4f Vloží odsek bez číslovania. Existujúce číslovanie to nijako neovplyvní.
15 .uno%3AMoveUpSubItems 3e Presunie odsek vrátane podčastí nad predchádzajúci odsek.
17 .uno%3AMoveDownSubItems 3a Presunie odsek vrátane podčastí pod nasledujúci odsek.
15 .uno%3ANumberingStart 1f Reštartuje číslovanie textu.
16 .uno%3AStatePageNumber 124 V tomto poli stavového riadku sa zobrazuje číslo aktuálnej stránky. Dvojklikom otvoríte Navigátor, s jeho pomocou je možné ľahko prechádzať dokumentom.  Pravé kliknutie zobrazí všetky záložky v dokumente. Kliknutím na záložku sa ukazovateľ umiestni na pozíciu záložky.
14 .uno%3AStatusBarFunc 2d Zobrazuje informácie o aktuálnom dokumente.
f .uno%3AZoomPlus 1f Priblíži pohľad na dokument.
10 .uno%3AZoomMinus 5f Oddiali pohľad na dokument a umožní tak zobraziť jeho väčšiu časť v zmenšenej mierke.
d .uno%3AZoomIn 5f Oddiali pohľad na dokument a umožní tak zobraziť jeho väčšiu časť v zmenšenej mierke.
11 HID_PVIEW_ZOOM_LB 2f Determines the zoom level of the print preview.
13 .uno%3AShowTwoPages 2f Displays two pages in the Print Preview window.
12 .uno%3APreviewZoom ce Určuje počet stránok, ktoré sa v náhľade zobrazia. Kliknutím na šípku vedľa ikonky sa otvorí mriežka, s jej pomocou je možné vybrať počet riadkov a stĺpcov, v ktorých sa stránky zobrazia.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpreviewzoomdialog%2Fcols 18 Určuje počet stĺpcov.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fpreviewzoomdialog%2Frows 17 Určuje počet riadkov.
10 FN_SHOW_BOOKVIEW 48 Ak je zvolené, zobrazí sa prvá stránka v náhľade na pravej strane.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fatan 26 Calculates the arc tangent in radians.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Facos 25 Calculates the arc cosine in radians.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Ftan 22 Calculates the tangent in radians.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fcos 21 Calculates the cosine in radians.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fsin 1e Calculates the sine in radians
f HID_MN_POP_FUNC 3d Máte na výber z nasledujúcich trigonometrických funkcií:
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fmin 32 Calculates the minimum value in an area or a list.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fnot 29 Tests for values matching the Boolean NOT
15 HID_MN_POP_STATISTICS 3a Máte na výber z nasledujúcich štatistických funkcií:
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fand 29 Tests for values matching the Boolean AND
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fsqrt 1b Calculates the square root.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fleq 39 Tests for values less than or equal to a specified value.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fg 2f Tests for values greater than a specified value
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fmax 32 Calculates the maximum value in an area or a list.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fphd 17 Calculates a percentage
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fneq 2d Tests for inequality between selected values.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fround 30 Rounds a number to the specified decimal places.
17 SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_CALC 4e Opens a submenu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fsum 29 Calculates the sum of the selected cells.
e HID_MN_POP_OPS 2e Do vzorca môžete vkladať rôzne operátory.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2F%7C 21 Separates the elements in a list.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fmean 42 Calculates the arithmetic mean of the values in an area or a list.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fpow 21 Calculates the power of a number.
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Feq 24 Checks if selected values are equal.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fxor 32 Tests for values matching the Boolean exclusive OR
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fgeq 3b Tests for values greater than or equal to a specified value
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fasin 23 Calculates the arc sine in radians.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2Fl 2c Tests for values less than a specified value
2a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finputwinmenu%2For 28 Tests for values matching the Boolean OR
19 SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_CANCEL 41 Clears the contents of the input line and closes the formula bar.
18 SW_HID_TBX_FORMULA_APPLY ab Transfers the contents of the input line into your document and closes the formula bar. The contents of the input line are inserted at the cursor position in the document.
13 SW_HID_EDIT_FORMULA 8c Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the Formula icon to display the formulas in submenu.
11 .uno%3AInsertCtrl 6f Tento panel nástrojov obsahuje rôzne funkcie na vkladanie rámcov, obrázkov, tabuliek a ďalších objektov.
16 .uno%3AInsertFieldCtrl 63 Kliknutím otvoríte dialógové okno Polia. Kliknutím na šípku vedľa ikonky otvoríte podmenu.
15 HID_INSERT_FIELD_CTRL 63 Kliknutím otvoríte dialógové okno Polia. Kliknutím na šípku vedľa ikonky otvoríte podmenu.
16 .uno%3AInsertDateField 22 Vloží aktuálny dátum ako pole.
16 .uno%3AInsertTimeField 20 Vloží aktuálny čas ako pole.
1c .uno%3AInsertPageNumberField 42 Inserts the current page number as a field at the cursor position.
1b .uno%3AInsertPageCountField 35 Vloží do dokumentu celkový počet strán ako pole.
17 .uno%3AInsertTopicField 3d Vloží ako pole predmet určený vo vlastnostiach dokumentu.
17 .uno%3AInsertTitleField 3c Vloží ako pole nadpis určený vo vlastnostiach dokumentu.
18 .uno%3AInsertAuthorField 48 Inserts the name of the person who created the document here as a field.
e .uno%3AGraphic 75 Ak je ikona Obrázky zap/vyp na paneli Nástroje aktívna, nezobrazujú sa žiadne obrázky, ale len prázdne rámce.
13 .uno%3AShadowCursor 2b Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.
10 FN_INSERT_HEADER 6c Zobrazí hlavičku HTML dokumentu, pokiaľ sú hlavičky zapnuté na záložke Formát - Strana - Hlavička.
10 FN_INSERT_FOOTER 60 Zobrazí pätu HTML dokumentu, pokiaľ sú päty zapnuté na záložke Formát - Strana - Päta.
15 .uno%3AStateWordCount b1 Počet slov v dokumente a vo výbere sa zobrazuje v poli stavového riadku. Dvojkliknutím otvoríte dialógové okno Počet slov, ktoré ukazuje ďalšie štatistiky dokumentu.
f .uno%3AFileMenu 73 Tieto príkazy umožňujú prácu s aktuálnym dokumentom, otvorenie nového dokumentu alebo ukončenie aplikácie.
f .uno%3AEditMenu 44 Toto Menu obsahuje príkazy na úpravu obsahu aktuálneho dokumentu.
f .uno%3AViewMenu 4b Toto menu obsahuje príkazy ovládajúce zobrazenie dokumentu na obrazovke.
16 .uno%3AInsertPagebreak 73 Inserts a manual page break at the current cursor position and places the cursor at the beginning of the next page.
11 .uno%3AInsertMenu cb The Insert menu contains commands for inserting new elements in your document. This includes images, media, charts, objects from other applications, hyperlink, comments, symbols, footnotes, and sections.
11 .uno%3AFormatMenu 4a Obsahuje príkazy na formátovanie rozloženia a obsahu vášho dokumentu.
10 .uno%3AToolsMenu ae Obsahuje nástroje na kontrolu pravopisu, galériu obrázkov, ktoré môžete pridať do svojho dokumentu a nástroje na prispôsobenie menu a nastavenia predvolieb programu.
11 .uno%3AWindowList 41 Obsahuje príkazy na manipuláciu a zobrazovanie okien dokumentu.
19 .uno%3AConvertTableToText 52 Otvorí dialógové okno, v ktorom môžete previesť aktuálnu tabuľku do textu.
12 .uno%3ADeleteTable 1a Deletes the current table.
10 .uno%3ATableMenu 56 Zobrazuje príkazy na vloženie, úpravu a odstránenie tabuľky v textovom dokumente.
12 .uno%3ASelectTable 1b Vyberie aktuálnu tabuľku.
18 .uno%3AHeadingRowsRepeat 53 Repeats the table headers on subsequent pages if the table spans one or more pages.
11 .uno%3AEntireCell 19 Selects the current cell.
19 .uno%3AConvertTextToTable 4b Otvorí dialógové okno, kde môžete zmeniť vyznačený text do tabuľky
17 .uno%3AFormatStylesMenu 5b Contains commands to set, create, edit, update, load, and manage styles in a text document.
16 .uno%3AParaRightToLeft 51 Text formátovaný v jazyku s komplexným rozložením sa zadáva sprava doľava.
16 .uno%3AParaLeftToRight 1f Text sa zadáva zľava doprava.
d .uno%3AShrink 2d Zmenší veľkosť písma označeného textu.
10 HID_TEXT_TOOLBOX 3f Panel na formátovanie obsahuje funkcie na formátovanie textu.
b .uno%3AGrow 2f Zväčší veľkosť písma označeného textu.
12 HID_GRAFIK_TOOLBOX 63 Panel nástrojov Obrázok obsahuje funkcie na formátovanie a umiestňovanie rastrových obrázkov.
11 HID_TABLE_TOOLBOX 75 Panel Tabuľka obsahuje funkcie, potrebné pre prácu s tabuľkou. Objaví sa, pokiaľ umiestnite kurzor do tabuľky.
10 HID_DRAW_TOOLBOX 121 Panel Vlastnosti objektu kresby je k dispozícii vo Writeri a Calcu. Zvoľte Zobraziť - Nástroje - Vlastnosti objektu kresby. Ovládacie prvky sú dostupné, keď je vybraný objekt kresby. Vo východzom nastavení sa niektoré ikony pre textové dokumenty a tabuľkové zošity líšia.
f HID_NUM_TOOLBOX a3 Panel Odrážky a číslovanie obsahuje funkcie na úpravu štruktúry očíslovaných odsekov vrátane zmien poradia odsekov a určenia rôznych úrovní odsekov.
11 .uno%3AZoomSlider 9e Keď posuniete ovládač Lupy vľavo, zobrazí sa viac stránok. Keď ho posuniete vpravo, obsah stránky sa zväčší a zobrazí sa menšia časť stránky.
15 .uno%3ALanguageStatus 170 Zobrazuje jazyk označeného textu. Kliknutím otvorte ponuku, z ktorej môžete vybrať jazyk označeného textu alebo aktuálneho odseku. Voľba [žiadny] vyradí text z kontroly pravopisu a delenia slov. Voľba Nastaviť na východzí jazyk nastaví označený text nebo odsek na predvolené nastavenie jazyka. Voľba Viac otvorí dialóg s ďalšími možnosťami.
11 .uno%3AViewLayout a1 Ikony zobrazenia zľava doprava: Samostatná strana. Režim zobrazenia viacerých stránok vedľa seba. Režim knihy, kde sa zobrazujú dve stránky vedľa seba.
14 .uno%3AInsertFormula 50 Panel Vzorec umožňuje vytvárať a vkladať do textového dokumentu výpočty.
11 HID_FRAME_TOOLBOX 86 Keď je rámec vybraný, zobrazí sa panel Rámec, ktorý poskytuje najdôležitejší funkcie na jeho formátovanie a umiestňovanie.
f HID_OLE_TOOLBOX 87 Panel OLE objekt  sa zobrazuje ak je objekt vybraný. Obsahuje najdôležitejšie funkcie na formátovanie a rozmiestňovanie objektov.
15 HID_DRAW_TEXT_TOOLBOX 49 Obsahuje príkazy na formátovanie textu, ktorý je obsiahnutý v kresbe.
1d .uno%3AInsertHeaderFooterMenu 4a This submenu includes commands to add and remove page headers and footers.
14 .uno%3AInsertEndnote 41 Insert a endnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.
1a .uno%3AInsertFootnotesMenu 67 The menu contains commands to insert a footnote or endnote with or without additional user interaction.
15 .uno%3AInsertFootnote 42 Insert a footnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.
1a .uno%3AInsertFrameInteract 3a Insert a frame by drawing its shape with the mouse cursor.
16 .uno%3AInsertFrameMenu 56 This submenu contains both interactive and non-interactive means of inserting a frame.
1f .uno%3AMailMergeCreateDocuments 49 Creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient.
19 .uno%3AMailMergePrevEntry 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
1c .uno%3AMailMergeCurrentEntry 64 Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.
19 .uno%3AMailMergeNextEntry 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
1c .uno%3AMailMergeExcludeEntry 34 Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.
1a .uno%3AMailMergeFirstEntry 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
19 .uno%3AMailMergeLastEntry 3d Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FSwapRow 2c Zamení aktuálny riadok s riadkom pod ním.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertRow 2a Vloží nový riadok pod aktuálny riadok.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATA_SERIES_LABEL 20 Zadajte názvy dátových radov.
12 .uno%3ADiagramData 46 Otvorí dialóg Tabuľka dát, v ktorom môžete upraviť dáta grafu.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FSwapColumn 2d Zamení aktuálny stĺpec so stĺpcom vpravo.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveColumn 48 Odstráni aktuálny riadok. Riadok hlavičky nie je možné odstrániť.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertColumn 2a Vloží nový riadok pod aktuálny riadok.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertTextColumn 56 Inserts a new text column after the current column for hierarchical axes descriptions.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveRow 48 Odstráni aktuálny riadok. Riadok hlavičky nie je možné odstrániť.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FsecondaryYaxis 3e Enter the desired secondary title for the Y axis of the chart.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FsecondaryXaxis 3e Enter the desired secondary title for the X axis of the chart.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuTitles 38 Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2Fmaintitle 26 Enter the desired title for the chart.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FprimaryYaxis 34 Enter the desired title for the Y axis of the chart.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FprimaryZaxis 34 Enter the desired title for the Z axis of the chart.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2Fsubtitle 29 Enter the desired subtitle for the chart.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FInsertTitleDialog 38 Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FprimaryXaxis 34 Enter the desired title for the X axis of the chart.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2FLB_LEGEND_TEXTDIR 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fbottom 1a Umiestni legendu pod graf.
13 .uno%3AToggleLegend 60 Pre zobrazenie alebo skrytie legendy, kliknite na ikonu Legenda zap/vyp na paneli Formátovanie.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 2e Určuje, či sa má zobrazovať legenda grafu.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuLegend 89 Opens the Legend dialog, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fleft 21 Umiestni legendu vľavo od grafu.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Ftop 1a Umiestni legendu nad graf.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fright 21 Umiestni legendu vpravo od grafu.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 3e Enter the counterclockwise rotation angle for the data labels.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_NUMBER 2d Zobrazí absolútne hodnoty dátových bodov.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 2b Otvorí dialóg pre výber formátu čísla
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 2b Otvorí dialóg pre výber formátu čísla
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuDataLabels 47 Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 2b Otvorí dialóg pre výber formátu percent
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 2b Otvorí dialóg pre výber formátu percent
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_CATEGORY 21 Zobrazí popisy dátových bodov.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_SYMBOL 41 Zobrazí vedľa každého popisu dátového bodu ikonu z legendy.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 52 Vyberie oddeľovač medzi viacnásobnými textovými reťazcami v rovnakom objekte
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 52 Vyberie oddeľovač medzi viacnásobnými textovými reťazcami v rovnakom objekte
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_PERCENTAGE 42 Zobrazí percentuálne hodnoty dátových bodov v každom stĺpci.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 35 Vyberie relatívne umiestnenie popisov dát v objekte
3d %2Fmodules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 35 Vyberie relatívne umiestnenie popisov dát v objekte
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 3e Enter the counterclockwise rotation angle for the data labels.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryX 22 Zobrazí v grafe sekundárnu os X.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryY 2b Zobrazí os Y s pododdielovým rozdelením.
15 .uno%3AInsertMenuAxes 30 Specifies the axes to be displayed in the chart.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryY 77 Hlavné osi a sekundárne osi môžu mať rozličnú mierku. Napríklad jedna os môže mať mierku 2 cm a druhá 1 cm.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryZ 2b Zobrazí os Z s pododdielovým rozdelením.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryX 2b Zobrazí os X s pododdielovým rozdelením.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 26 Ukáže iba záporné chybové čiary.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 2c Ukáže kladné a záporné chybové čiary.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 2c Ukáže kladné a záporné chybové čiary.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FCB_SYN_POS_NEG c4 Povolí použiť kladnú chybovú hodnotu ako aj zápornú chybovú hodnotu. Meniť môžete iba hodnoty "Kladného(+)" poľa. Tieto hodnoty sa automaticky prekopírujú do "Záporného(-)" poľa.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_POSITIVE 82 Vložte adresu oblasti, z ktorej sa má získať kladná chybová hodnota. Použite tlačidlo Zmenšiť pre výber oblasti v liste
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_POSITIVE 82 Vložte adresu oblasti, z ktorej sa má získať kladná chybová hodnota. Použite tlačidlo Zmenšiť pre výber oblasti v liste
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FMF_NEGATIVE 54 Vložte hodnotu na odčítanie od zobrazenej hodnoty ako zápornú chybovú hodnotu.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FMF_POSITIVE 54 Vložte hodnotu na pripočítanie k zobrazenej hodnote ako kladnú chybovú hodnotu.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_NEGATIVE ac Kliknite na tlačidlo zmenšiť dialóg, potom použite myš pre výber oblasti buniek v zošite. Pre obnovenie dialógu do pôvodnej veľkosti kliknite znovu na tlačidlo.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_NEGATIVE 85 Vložte adresu oblasti, z ktorej sa má získať záporná chybová hodnota. Použite tlačidlo Zmenšiť pre výber oblasti v liste.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_POSITIVE ac Kliknite na tlačidlo zmenšiť dialóg, potom použite myš pre výber oblasti buniek v zošite. Pre obnovenie dialógu do pôvodnej veľkosti kliknite znovu na tlačidlo.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_CONST 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FMF_POSITIVE 54 Vložte hodnotu na pripočítanie k zobrazenej hodnote ako kladnú chybovú hodnotu.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_PERCENT 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NONE 1d Does not show any error bars.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_NEGATIVE 85 Vložte adresu oblasti, z ktorej sa má získať záporná chybová hodnota. Použite tlačidlo Zmenšiť pre výber oblasti v liste.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_RANGE 88 Kliknite na oblasť buniek a potom špecifikujte oblasť buniek, z ktorej chcete definovať kladné a záporné hodnoty chybovej čiary.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 24 Ukáže iba kladné chybové čiary.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FMF_NEGATIVE 54 Vložte hodnotu na odčítanie od zobrazenej hodnoty ako zápornú chybovú hodnotu.
1f CHART2_SCH_ERROR_BARS_FROM_DATA cc For a chart with its own data, the error bar values can be entered in the chart data table. The Data Table dialog shows additional columns titled Positive X or Y-Error-Bars and Negative X or Y-Error-Bars.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_NONE 1d Does not show any error bars.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2Ftp_ErrorBars 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuYErrorBars 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 26 Ukáže iba záporné chybové čiary.
3c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FCB_SYN_POS_NEG c4 Povolí použiť kladnú chybovú hodnotu ako aj zápornú chybovú hodnotu. Meniť môžete iba hodnoty "Kladného(+)" poľa. Tieto hodnoty sa automaticky prekopírujú do "Záporného(-)" poľa.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_NEGATIVE ac Kliknite na tlačidlo zmenšiť dialóg, potom použite myš pre výber oblasti buniek v zošite. Pre obnovenie dialógu do pôvodnej veľkosti kliknite znovu na tlačidlo.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_POSITIVE ac Kliknite na tlačidlo zmenšiť dialóg, potom použite myš pre výber oblasti buniek v zošite. Pre obnovenie dialógu do pôvodnej veľkosti kliknite znovu na tlačidlo.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 24 Ukáže iba kladné chybové čiary.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_PERCENT 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 2f Vyberte funkciu pre výpočet chybových čiar.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_CONST 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_RANGE 88 Kliknite na oblasť buniek a potom špecifikujte oblasť buniek, z ktorej chcete definovať kladné a záporné hodnoty chybovej čiary.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 2f Vyberte funkciu pre výpočet chybových čiar.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 2f Vyberte funkciu pre výpočet chybových čiar.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 2f Vyberte funkciu pre výpočet chybových čiar.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 91 To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose Insert Trend Line Equation.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuMeanValues 91 To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose Insert Trend Line Equation.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel9 2a Name of Y variable in trend line equation.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel6 2a Name of X variable in trend line equation.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowCorrelationCoefficient 39 Ukazuje rovnicu trendovej krivky vedľa regresnej krivky.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fpower 32 Je zobrazený mocninový priebeh trendovej krivky.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flogarithmic 35 Je zobrazený logaritmický priebeh trendovej krivky.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flinear 29 Je zobrazená lineárna trendová krivka.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fpolynomial 35 A polynomial trend line is shown with a given degree.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel8 2e Trend line is extrapolated for lower x-values.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuTrendlines 4f Trend lines can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FinterceptValue 23 Value of intercept if it is forced.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel3 20 Degree of polynomial trend line.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fexponential 36 Je zobrazený exponenciálny priebeh trendovej krivky.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FTP_TRENDLINE 4f Trend lines can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FmovingAverage 39 A moving average trend line is shown with a given period.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel4 43 Number of points to calculate average of moving average trend line.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel5 1d Name of trend line in legend.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel7 2f Trend line is extrapolated for higher x-values.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FsetIntercept 5f For linear, polynomial and exponential trend lines, intercept value is forced to a given value.
1e .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquation 91 To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose Insert Trend Line Equation.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowEquation 39 Ukazuje rovnicu trendovej krivky vedľa regresnej krivky.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_CONTINUE_LINE 75 For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_DONT_PAINT 67 For a missing value, no data will be shown. This is the default for chart types Column, Bar, Line, Net.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCT_ANGLE_DIAL 165 Presuňte malú bodku na kruhu alebo kliknite na ľubovoľnom mieste na kruh pre nastavenie počiatočného uhlu koláčového nebo prstencového grafu. Počiatočný uhol je matematická poloha uhlu, kde bude vykreslená prvá časť grafu. Hodnota 90 stupňov vykreslí prvú časť na pozícii 12 hodín. Hodnota 0 stupňov začína na pozícii 3 hodiny.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCB_CLOCKWISE c9 Východzí smer v ktorom sú kúsky koláčového grafu usporiadané, je proti smeru hodinových ručičiek. Zaškrtnite možnosť v smere hodinových ručičiek pre vykreslenie grafu v opačnom smere.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_2 7f Zmení mierku osi Y. Táto os je viditeľná len ak je k nej priradený aspoň jeden dátový rad a je zapnuté jej zobrazenie.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS 51 Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FNF_STARTING_ANGLE 74 Vložte počiatočný uhol medzi 0 a 359 stupňami. Pre zmenu hodnôt veľkosti môžete tiež kliknúť na šípky.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_GAP 33 Určuje vzdialenosť medzi stĺpcami v percentách.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_OVERLAP 3e Určuje nevyhnutné nastavenia pre presahujúce dátové rady.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_ASSUME_ZERO 60 For a missing value, the y-value will be shown as zero. This is the default for chart type Area.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_CONNECTOR 8b For "stacked" and "percent" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_1 5b Táto možnosť je implicitne zapnutá. Všetky riadky dát sú zarovnané k hlavnej osi Y.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_BARS_SIDE_BY_SIDE 5d Stĺpce z rôznych dátových radov sa zobrazujú, ako keby boli pripojené len k jednej osi.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryY 38 Pridá mriežku, ktorá rozdelí os Y na menšie časti.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryZ 1f Pridá do grafu mriežku osi Z.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FInsertGridDialog ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryX 1f Pridá do grafu mriežku osi X.
19 .uno%3AToggleGridVertical 68 The Vertical Grids icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryZ 38 Pridá mriežku, ktorá rozdelí os Z na menšie časti.
16 .uno%3AInsertMenuGrids ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryY 1f Pridá do grafu mriežku osi Y.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryX 38 Pridá mriežku, ktorá rozdelí os X na menšie časti.
1b .uno%3AToggleGridHorizontal 6a The Horizontal Grids icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis.
16 .uno%3AFormatSelection 1c Formats the selected object.
d .uno%3AZTitle 26 Upraví vlastnosti vybraného nadpisu.
d .uno%3AYTitle 4b Upraví vlastnosti vybraného nadpisu alebo vlastnosti všetkých nadpisov.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FtextdirLB 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Feven 45 Rozloží čísla na osi, nepárne čísla budú nižšie ako párne.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fauto 26 Automaticky rozmiestni čísla na osi.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Ftile 24 Umiestni čísla na osi vedľa seba.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FbreakCB 18 Povolí zalomenie textu.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FoverlapCB 43 Určuje, že text v bunkách môže pretiecť do ďalších buniek.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FshowlabelsCB 38 Určuje,či sa majú zobraziť alebo skryť názvy osí.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fodd 45 Rozloží čísla na osi, párne čísla budú nižšie ako nepárne.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FdialCtrl 3b Kliknutím kdekoľvek na koleso určíte orientáciu textu.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FtextdirLB 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FstackedCB 2b Text v bunkách sa bude zobrazovať zvislo.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisDescr 1e Určuje smer textu v bunkách.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FOrientDegree 28 Môžete ručne zadať uhol orientácie.
d .uno%3ALegend 34 Určuje okraje, výplň a vlastnosti znakov legendy.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisB 96 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom môžete upraviť vlastnosti sekundárnej osi Y. Pre vloženie sekundárnej osi Y vyberte Vložiť - Osi a zaškrtnite Os Y.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisA 96 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom môžete upraviť vlastnosti sekundárnej osi X. Pre vloženie sekundárnej osi X vyberte Vložiť - Osi a zaškrtnite Os X.
15 .uno%3ADiagramAxisAll 44 Otvorí dialóg, v ktorom môžete upraviť vlastnosti zvolenej osi.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisY 42 Otvorí dialóg Os Y, v ktorom môžete upraviť vlastnosti osi Y.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_MAIN_TIME_UNIT 57 Hlavné intervaly môžu byť nastavené na určitý počet dní, mesiacov alebo rokov.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_MAIN_DATE_STEP 57 Hlavné intervaly môžu byť nastavené na určitý počet dní, mesiacov alebo rokov.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_TIME_RESOLUTION 47 Resolution can be set to show days, months, or years as interval steps.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_AXIS_TYPE 6e For some types of axes, you can select to format an axis as text or date, or to detect the type automatically.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_REVERSE 81 Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_LOGARITHM 42 Specifies that you want the axis to be subdivided logarithmically.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MIN 38 Defines the minimum value for the beginning of the axis.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_STEP_MAIN 37 Defines the interval for the main division of the axes.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_STEPHELP 35 Defines the interval for the subdivision of the axes.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_ORIGIN 41 Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_HELP_TIME_UNIT 5b Vedľajšie intervaly môžu byť nastavené na určitý počet dní, mesiacov alebo rokov.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MAX 32 Defines the maximum value for the end of the axis.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_ORIGIN 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_TICKS 4b Select where to place the marks: at labels, at axis, or at axis and labels.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_OUTER 52 Určuje, že sa značky vedľajšieho intervalu zobrazia na vonkajšej strane osi.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_INNER 52 Určuje, že sa značky vedľajšieho intervalu zobrazia na vnútornej strane osi.
44 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 40 Enter the value where the axis line should cross the other axis.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_LABELS 63 Select where to place the labels: near axis, near axis (other side), outside start, or outside end.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_OUTER 3a Určuje, že sa značky zobrazia na vonkajšej strane osi.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 5f Select where to cross the other axis: at start, at end, at a specified value, or at a category.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_INNER 3a Určuje, že sa značky zobrazia na vnútornej strane osi.
4d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT_CATEGORY 44 Select the category where the axis line should cross the other axis.
15 .uno%3ADiagramGridAll 43 Otvorí dialóg Mriežka, kde môžete určiť vlastnosti mriežky.
12 .uno%3ADiagramWall 88 Otvorí dialóg Stena grafu, kde môžete upraviť vlastnosti steny grafu. Stena grafu je "zvislé" pozadie za dátovou oblasťou grafu.
13 .uno%3ADiagramFloor a7 Otvorí dialóg Päta grafu, kde môžete upraviť vlastnosti päty grafu. Päta grafu je dolná oblasť v 3D grafoch. Táto funkcia je k dispozícii len pre 3D grafy.
12 .uno%3ADiagramArea 81 Otvorí dialóg Plocha grafu, kde môžete upraviť vlastnosti plochy grafu. Plocha grafu je pozadie za všetkými prvkami grafu.
f .uno%3ABackward 30 Prenesie vybraný dátový rad dozadu (doľava).
e .uno%3AForward 31 Prenesie vybraný dátový rad dopredu (doprava).
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FPolynomialsSpinButton 17 Nastaviť rozlíšenie.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FResolutionSpinbutton 17 Nastaviť rozlíšenie.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSmoothLinesDialog 19 Apply a line curve model.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSplineTypeComboBox 19 Apply a line curve model.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_center_y_rb 7f Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_end_rb 6a Start with horizontal line, step up vertically in the middle of the X values and end with horizontal line.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_start_rb 3d Start with horizontal line and step up vertically at the end.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_center_x_rb 39 Start to step up vertically and end with horizontal line.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_AMBIENT_COLOR 30 Vyberte farbu pomocou dialógu pre výber farby.
47 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR 30 Vyberte farbu pomocou dialógu pre výber farby.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_LIGHTSOURCE 28 Vyberte farbu pre vybraný zdroj svetla.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_8 38 Kliknutím vypnete alebo zapnete jednotný zdroj svetla.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_7 38 Kliknutím vypnete alebo zapnete jednotný zdroj svetla.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_6 38 Kliknutím vypnete alebo zapnete jednotný zdroj svetla.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_AMBIENTLIGHT 24 Vyberte farbu okolitého osvetlenia.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_4 38 Kliknutím vypnete alebo zapnete jednotný zdroj svetla.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_5 38 Kliknutím vypnete alebo zapnete jednotný zdroj svetla.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_2 38 Kliknutím vypnete alebo zapnete jednotný zdroj svetla.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Z_ROTATION 4f Nastavuje rotáciu grafu na osi z. Náhľad sa mení podľa nových nastavení.
16 SVX_HID_CTRL3D_HSCROLL 5c Pomocou spodného posuvníku nastavíte vodorovnú pozíciu a smer vybraného zdroja svetla.
d .uno%3AView3D 9f Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_ROUNDEDEDGE 17 Okraje sa o 5% zaoblia.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FLB_SCHEME 4b Vyberte schému zo zoznamu alebo kliknite na zaškrtávacie polia nižšie.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_RIGHT_ANGLED_AXES fb Pokiaľ sú zapnuté Pravouhlé osi, môžete rotovať obsah grafu len v smere osí X a Y, tj. paralelne s okrajmi grafu. Pre novo vytvorené 3D grafy sú pravouhlé osi implicitne zapnuté. Koláčové a Prstencové grafy nepodporujú pravouhlé osi.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_PERSPECTIVE d6 Zaškrtnite pole Perspektíva pre zobrazenie grafu ako cez objektív kamery. V rolovacom poli nastavte percentá. Pri vyššom percentuálnom nastavení vyzerajú bližšie objekty väčšie ako tie vzdialenejšie.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_3 38 Kliknutím vypnete alebo zapnete jednotný zdroj svetla.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_PERSPECTIVE d6 Zaškrtnite pole Perspektíva pre zobrazenie grafu ako cez objektív kamery. V rolovacom poli nastavte percentá. Pri vyššom percentuálnom nastavení vyzerajú bližšie objekty väčšie ako tie vzdialenejšie.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Y_ROTATION 4f Nastavuje rotáciu grafu na osi y. Náhľad sa mení podľa nových nastavení.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_SHADING 62 Pokiaľ je zaškrtnuté, použije sa Gouraudovo tieňovanie, inak sa použije ploché tieňovanie.
16 SVX_HID_CTRL3D_VSCROLL 58 Pomocou pravého posuvníku nastavíte zvislú pozíciu a smer vybraného zdroja svetla.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_X_ROTATION 4f Nastavuje rotáciu grafu na osi x. Náhľad sa mení podľa nových nastavení.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_OBJECTLINES 45 Nastavením štýlu čiary na plný sa zobrazia okraje okolo oblasti.
17 SVX_HID_CTRL3D_SWITCHER 47 Kliknutím prepnete medzi dvomi modelmi osvetlenia - guľa alebo kocka.
49 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination 26 Set the light sources for the 3D view.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_1 4c Kliknutím zapnete alebo vypnete odrazový svetelný zdroj so zvýraznením.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FsecondaryXaxis 69 Vloží popis pre druhú os y. Táto možnosť je dostupná iba pre grafy, ktoré podporujú druhú os y.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fy 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the y-axis.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fx 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the x-axis.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fbottom 1f Umiestni legendu dole pod graf.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fright 26 Umiestni legendu doprava vedľa grafu.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fsubtitle 18 Zadajte podnadpis grafu.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryXaxis 21 Zadajte popis osi x (vodorovná).
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Ftop 1f Umiestni legendu hore nad graf.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fmaintitle 15 Zadajte nadpis grafu.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fz 4b Zadajte popis osi z. Táto voľba je dostupná len pre trojrozmerné grafy.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryYaxis 1e Zadajte popis osi y (zvislá).
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 19 Zobrazí legendu v grafe.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fleft 25 Umiestni legendu vľavo vedľa grafu.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryZaxis 4b Zadajte popis osi z. Táto voľba je dostupná len pre trojrozmerné grafy.
12 .uno%3ADiagramType 1a Otvorí dialóg Typ grafu.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsort 67 V XY bodovom grafe spojí body podľa vzostupných hodnôt X, aj keď je poradie hodnôt pôvodne iné.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Flinetype 1a Zvoľte typ 3D zobrazenia.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fpercent 30 Skladané rady zobrazujú hodnoty ako percentá.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fproperties 33 Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fontop 2c Zložené rady zobrazujú hodnoty nad sebou.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fnolines 3d Určenie počtu čiar pre typy grafov Stĺpcový a Čiarový.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fstack 2d Zobrazuje zložené rady pre Čiarové grafy.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fshape 18 Vyberte tvar zo zoznamu.
1d CHART2_HID_SCH_WIZARD_ROADMAP 33 Po kliknutí prejdete na danú stránku sprievodcu.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dscheme 1a Zvoľte typ 3D zobrazenia.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Ftp_ChartType 33 Po kliknutí prejdete na danú stránku sprievodcu.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dlook 21 Zapne 3D vzhľad hodnôt údajov.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fcharttype 1d Zvoľte základný typ grafu.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsubtype 29 Zvoľte variantu základného typu grafu.
42 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_COLUMN_ASLABELS 12e Pre dátové rady v stĺpcoch: Prvý stĺpec v rozsahu sa použije pre názvy dátových radov. Pre dátové rady v riadkoch: Prvý stĺpec v rozsahu sa použije ako kategória. Ďalšie stĺpce predstavujú dátové stĺpce. Pokiaľ nie je toto pole zaškrtnuté, všetky stĺpce sú dátové stĺpce.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FED_RANGE a8 Zadajte rozsah dát, ktorý chcete použiť v grafe. V Calc kliknite na ikonu Vybrať rozsah dát, ak chcete minimalizovať tento dialóg pokiaľ vyberáte rozsah dát.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FIB_RANGE a8 Zadajte rozsah dát, ktorý chcete použiť v grafe. V Calc kliknite na ikonu Vybrať rozsah dát, ak chcete minimalizovať tento dialóg pokiaľ vyberáte rozsah dát.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATACOLS f3 Dátové rady získavajú údaje z po sebe idúcich stĺpcov v určenom rozsahu. Pre bodové grafy obsahuje prvý dátový stĺpec hodnoty x pre všetky rady. Všetky ostatné dátové stĺpce sa použijú ako hodnoty y, jeden pre každý rad.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_ROW_ASLABELS 122 Pre dátové rady v stĺpcoch: Prvý riadok v rozsahu sa použije pre názvy dátových radov. Pre dátové rady v riadkoch: Prvý riadok rozsahu sa použije ako kategória. Ďalšie riadky predstavujú dátové rady. Pokiaľ nie je toto pole zaškrtnuté, všetky riadky sú dátové rady.
11 .uno%3ADataRanges 50 Otvorí dialóg Rozsahy dát, kde môžete upraviť Rozsah dát a Dátové rady.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATAROWS f5 Dátové rady získavajú údaje z po sebe idúcich riadkov v určenom rozsahu. Pre bodové grafy obsahuje prvá dátová rada hodnoty x pre všetky dátové rady. Všetky ostatné dátové rady sa použijú ako hodnoty y, jedna pre každý rad.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_DOWN 3f Posunie označený záznam v zozname Dátových radov nižšie.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_REMOVE 39 Odstráni označený záznam zo zoznamu Dátových radov.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_ADD 91 Pridá nový záznam pod aktuálny záznam v zozname Dátové rady. Pokiaľ je vybraný nejaký záznam, nový dátový rad bude rovnakého typu.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_CAT 14e Zobrazuje zdrojový rozsah pre kategórie (texty, ktoré sa zobrazia na osi X). Pre graf XY toto textové pole obsahuje zdrojový rozsah pre popisky dát, ktoré sa zobrazujú pri dátových bodoch. V Calc kliknite na tlačidlo Vybrať rozsah dát, ak chcete minimalizovať tento dialóg pokiaľ budete označovať rozsah dát myšou.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_MAIN 11c Zobrazuje zdrojový rozsah dát z druhého stĺpca zoznamu Rozsah dát. Rozsah môžete upraviť v textovom poli alebo označiť myšou v dokumente. V Calc kliknite na tlačidlo Vybrať rozsah dát, ak chcete minimalizovať tento dialóg pokiaľ budete označovať rozsah dát myšou.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2Ftp_DataSource c0 Zobrazuje zoznam všetkých dátových radov grafu. Po kliknutí na záznam sa tento zobrazí a môžete ho upraviť. Kliknutím na Pridať vložíte nové rady do zoznamu za vybraný záznam.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_SERIES c0 Zobrazuje zoznam všetkých dátových radov grafu. Po kliknutí na záznam sa tento zobrazí a môžete ho upraviť. Kliknutím na Pridať vložíte nové rady do zoznamu za vybraný záznam.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_ROLE b9 Zobrazí všetky rozsahy dát používané dátovými radmi, ktoré sú vybrané v zozname Dátových radov. Pre každý rozsah dát sa zobrazuje názov oblasti a zdrojový rozsah dát.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_RANGE 11c Zobrazuje zdrojový rozsah dát z druhého stĺpca zoznamu Rozsah dát. Rozsah môžete upraviť v textovom poli alebo označiť myšou v dokumente. V Calc kliknite na tlačidlo Vybrať rozsah dát, ak chcete minimalizovať tento dialóg pokiaľ budete označovať rozsah dát myšou.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_UP 3f Posunie označený záznam v zozname Dátových radov vyššie.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_CATEGORIES 14e Zobrazuje zdrojový rozsah pre kategórie (texty, ktoré sa zobrazia na osi X). Pre graf XY toto textové pole obsahuje zdrojový rozsah pre popisky dát, ktoré sa zobrazujú pri dátových bodoch. V Calc kliknite na tlačidlo Vybrať rozsah dát, ak chcete minimalizovať tento dialóg pokiaľ budete označovať rozsah dát myšou.
11 .uno%3ADataInRows 1f Zmení usporiadanie dát grafu.
14 .uno%3ADataInColumns 1f Zmení usporiadanie dát grafu.
10 .uno%3AScaleText 3b Zmení mierku textu v grafe, keď zmeníte veľkosť grafu.
15 .uno%3ANewArrangement 93 Presunie všetky objekty grafu na ich začiatočnú pozíciu. Táto funkcia nemení typ grafu ani žiadny iný atribút okrem umiestnenia objektov.
12 .uno%3AContextType 28 Zobrazuje názov typu aktuálneho grafu.
15 .uno%3AResetDataPoint 49 Vráti formát vybraného dátového bodu do východiskového nastavenia.
17 .uno%3ADeleteYErrorBars 20 Odstráni chybové čiary osi Y.
16 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabel 1e Odstráni vybraný popis dát.
1e .uno%3ADeleteTrendlineEquation 23 Odstráni rovnicu trendovej línie.
17 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabels 1e Odstráni všetky popisy dát.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockGain 28 Formátuje indikátory akciového zisku.
19 .uno%3AResetAllDataPoints 47 Vráti formát všetkých dátových bodov do predvoleného nastavenia.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMinorGrid 1f Odstráni vedľajšiu mriežku.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 11a Vytvorí graf v aktuálnom dokumente. Spojitú oblasť buniek použijete ako zdroj dát pre graf tak, že kliknete dovnútra oblasti buniek a použijete tento príkaz. Prípadne môžete označiť len vybrané bunky a použiť tento príkaz na vytvorenie grafu len z týchto buniek.
17 .uno%3AInsertDataLabels 14 Vloží popisy dát.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataSeries 19 Formátuje dátové rady.
16 .uno%3AFormatMinorGrid 20 Formátuje vedľajšiu mriežku.
13 .uno%3ADeleteLegend 18 Odstráni legendu grafu.
16 .uno%3AFormatMajorGrid 1c Formátuje hlavnú mriežku.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataPoint 18 Formátuje dátový bod.
14 .uno%3AInsertR2Value 25 Vloží koeficient determinácie R².
11 .uno%3AFormatWall 17 Formátuje stenu grafu.
13 .uno%3AFormatLegend 19 Formátuje legendu grafu.
10 .uno%3ADrawChart 11a Vytvorí graf v aktuálnom dokumente. Spojitú oblasť buniek použijete ako zdroj dát pre graf tak, že kliknete dovnútra oblasti buniek a použijete tento príkaz. Prípadne môžete označiť len vybrané bunky a použiť tento príkaz na vytvorenie grafu len z týchto buniek.
16 .uno%3AFormatChartArea 19 Formátuje oblasť grafu.
14 .uno%3ADeleteR2Value 16 Odstráni hodnotu R².
12 .uno%3AFormatFloor 17 Formátuje pätu grafu.
12 .uno%3AFormatTitle 1b Formátuje vybraný nadpis.
11 .uno%3AFormatAxis 17 Formátuje vybranú os.
13 .uno%3AInsertTitles 2d Otvorí dialóg pre vloženie nadpisov grafu.
16 .uno%3AInsertMajorGrid 19 Vloží hlavnú mriežku.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataLabel 1f Formátuje vybraný popis dát.
16 .uno%3AStarChartDialog 11a Vytvorí graf v aktuálnom dokumente. Spojitú oblasť buniek použijete ako zdroj dát pre graf tak, že kliknete dovnútra oblasti buniek a použijete tento príkaz. Prípadne môžete označiť len vybrané bunky a použiť tento príkaz na vytvorenie grafu len z týchto buniek.
13 SW_HID_INSERT_CHART 11a Vytvorí graf v aktuálnom dokumente. Spojitú oblasť buniek použijete ako zdroj dát pre graf tak, že kliknete dovnútra oblasti buniek a použijete tento príkaz. Prípadne môžete označiť len vybrané bunky a použiť tento príkaz na vytvorenie grafu len z týchto buniek.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataLabels 17 Formátuje popisy dát.
16 .uno%3AFormatMeanValue 23 Formátuje líniu strednej hodnoty.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockLoss 27 Formátuje indikátory akciovej straty.
17 .uno%3AFormatYErrorBars 24 Formátuje rozptyl hodnôt na osi Y.
1e .uno%3AFormatTrendlineEquation 25 Formátuje rovnicu trendovej priamky.
16 .uno%3AFormatTrendline 19 Formátuje líniu trendu.
17 .uno%3AInsertRemoveAxes 35 Otvorí dialóg pre vloženie alebo odstránenie ôs.
16 .uno%3AInsertAxisTitle 2a Otvorí dialóg pre vloženie nadpisu osi.
11 .uno%3AInsertAxis 22 Otvorí dialóg pre vloženie osi.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMeanValue 22 Odstráni líniu strednej hodnoty.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMajorGrid 1b Odstráni hlavnú mriežku.
16 .uno%3AInsertMinorGrid 1d Vloží vedľajšiu mriežku.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 3d Vloží rovnicu línie trendu a koeficient determinácie R².
16 .uno%3AInsertDataLabel 19 Vloží jeden popis dát.
11 .uno%3ADeleteAxis 16 Odstráni vybranú os.
1b .uno%3AChartElementSelector b3 Vyberte prvok grafu, ktorý chcete formátovať. Vybraný prvok sa zvýrazní v náhľade grafu. Kliknutím na Formátovať výber sa otvorí dialóg vlastností vybraného prvku.
17 HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN 68 Click the Options label to expand the dialog to show further options. Click again to restore the dialog.
14 HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Fok 24 Saves all changes and closes dialog.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Fcancel 27 Closes dialog and discards all changes.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
17 SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassignrb f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconditionalformatdialog%2Frbassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdestarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdataarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign2 f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbfilterarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulabutton f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulasref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-button f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatrow f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
15 SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frowref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Freset 3c Resets modified values back to the tab page previous values.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE 2c Vykoná všetky zmeny a zatvorí sprievodcu.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
1a ui%2Fgradientpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH 2c Vykoná všetky zmeny a zatvorí sprievodcu.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Flibrary 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1b CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Finsert 43 Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.
13 WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL 53 Kliknutím na Zrušiť zavriete okno bez uloženia akýchkoľvek vykonaných zmien.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortslist%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbprintarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvarbutton f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
23 hid%2Fcui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DEL 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcolref f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmacropage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatcol f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdeldouble 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptionsdialog%2Frevert 40 Resets modified values back to the $[officename] default values.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea f9 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
2a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_BIB_BASE%3APB_DELETE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdelabbrev 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryupdateprogress%2FGalleryUpdateProgress 39 Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.
19 HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND 35 Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY a0 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a confirmation question appears before objects are deleted.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 2d Copies the selected element to the clipboard.
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
17 HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressnone 34 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať sekcie.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor1rb 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel2rb 36 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať obrázky.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolordepthlb 28 Vyberte farbu pre vybraný zdroj svetla.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftiffpreviewcb 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
2e svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionmf-nospin 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
2a svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fheightmf-nospin 18 Zavrie dialógové okno.
29 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthmf-nospin 17 Nastaviť rozlíšenie.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthlb 18 Zavrie dialógové okno.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor2rb 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionlb 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionjpgnf 79 Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size
20 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Frlecb 36 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať obrázky.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fbinarycb 3c Otvorí Sprievodcu databázou na vytvorenie novej databázy.
26 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompresslzw 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
2d svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fsavetransparencycb ba Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftextcb 35 Vygeneruje názov súboru podľa údajov v databáze.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Finterlacedcb 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionpngnf 62 Sets the compression for the export. A high compression means a smaller, but slower to load image.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fepsipreviewcb b6 Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file. This format only contains printable characters from the 7-bit ASCII code.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel1rb 95 Na tejto úrovni nie je možné použiť kompresiu. Voľbu Úroveň 1 zvoľte pokiaľ vaša PostScript tlačiareň nepodporuje schopnosti Úroveň 2.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetlist 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffixedwidth 2b Exports all data fields with a fixed width.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fasshown bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fquoteall c0 Exports all text cells with leading and trailing quote characters as set in the Text delimiter box. If not checked, only those text cells get quoted that contain the Field delimiter character.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ftext 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetdropdown 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffield 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcolumntype 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fdetectspecialnumbers 9e When this option is enabled, Calc will automatically detect all number formats, including special number formats such as dates, time, and scientific notation.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftextdelimiter 5c Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fmergedelimiters 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fspace 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fsemicolon 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftab 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Finputother 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcharset b2 When this option is enabled, fields or cells whose values are quoted in their entirety (the first and last characters of the value equal the text delimiter) are imported as text.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2FTextImportCsvDialog 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftoseparatedby 27 Select the separator used in your data.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcomma 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Flanguage 21 Vytlačí čísla strán v päte.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ffromrow 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftofixedwidth 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcr 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcrlf 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcharset 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flf 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flanguage 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Ffont 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
15 HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE 30 Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW 32 The Preview command displays the selected graphic.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerytitledialog%2FGalleryTitleDialog 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
17 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK 27 Inserts the selected graphic as a link.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU 42 Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.
12 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD 49 Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.
1e HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
1a HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF 32 Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC 38 Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.
18 HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2Fname 1f Displays the name of the theme.
b slot%3A5500 4f Vytvorí nový dokument s použitím šablóny alebo otvorí vzorový dokument.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 2b Vytvorí nový vzorec ($[officename] Math).
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 1f Vytvorí nový XForms dokument.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 84 Otvorí dialóg Vizitky, kde je možné upraviť nastavenia pre vizitky a následne vytvoriť nový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 3c Otvorí Sprievodcu databázou na vytvorenie novej databázy.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw 2b Vytvorí novú kresbu ($[officename] Draw).
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 8f Otvorí dialóg Štítky, kde je možné upraviť nastavenia pre štítky a následne vytvoriť nový textový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
16 HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW 5c Vytvorí nový $[officename] dokument. Typ dokumentu môžete zmeniť kliknutím na šípku.
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 1d Vytvorí nový HTML dokument.
d .uno%3ANewDoc 49 If you want to create a document from a template, choose New - Templates.
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 20 Vytvorí nový hlavný dokument.
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 26 Vytvorí nový dokument $[officename].
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 38 Vytvorí nový textový dokument ($[officename] Writer).
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 3c Otvorí Sprievodcu databázou na vytvorenie novej databázy.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 37 Vytvorí nový tabuľkový zošit ($[officename] Calc).
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 3c Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress).
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeldialog%2Fok 23 Creates a new document for editing.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 51 Povoľuje vám vytvárať štítky. Štítky sa vytvárajú v textovom dokumente.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftype f0 Vyberte formát rozmerov, ktoré chcete použiť. Dostupné formáty závisia od značky vybranej v zozname Značka. Ak chcete použiť vlastný formát štítkov, vyberte [Požívateľský] a potom kliknite na formát na záložke Formát.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fbrand 30 Vyberte značku papiera, ktorú chcete použiť.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fsheet 26 Tlačí štítky na jednotlivé listy.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftextview 5f Zadajte text, ktorý sa má zobraziť na štítku. Tiež je možné vložiť databázové pole.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2FCardMediumPage 32 Zadajte text štítku a vyberte veľkosť papiera.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Faddress 5f Vytvorí štítok s vašou spätnou adresou. Text, ktorý je v poli Text štítku sa prepíše.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fcontinuous 24 Tlačí štítky na spojitý papier.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fdatabase 4c Vyberte databázu, ktorú chcete použiť ako zdroj dát pre vaše štítky.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Finsert 7b Vyberte pole databázy, ktoré chcete a kliknite na šípku vľavo od tohoto poľa. Takto vložíte pole do Textu štítku.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftable 65 Vyberte databázovú tabuľku obsahujúcu pole (polia), ktorú chcete použiť na vašich štítkoch.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Ftype 24 Zadajte alebo vyberte druh štítku.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Fbrand 2b Zadajte alebo vyberte požadovanú značku.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fsave 33 Uloží aktuálny formát štítkov alebo vizitiek.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fcols 4e Zadajte počet štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré budú vedľa seba na stránke.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Ftop ad Zobrazí vzdialenosť medzi horným okrajom stránky a horným okrajom prvého štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, na tomto mieste zadajte hodnotu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fhori 90 Vzdialenosť medzi ľavými okrajmi susediacich štítkov alebo vizitiek. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2FLabelFormatPage 19 Nastaví formát papiera.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fwidth 6f Zobrazí šírku štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fheight 6f Zobrazí šírku štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fvert b3 Vzdialenosť medzi horným okrajom štítku alebo vizitky a horným okrajom štítku alebo vizitky pod ním. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, zadajte na tomto mieste hodnotu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Frows 4c Zadajte počet štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré budú na stránke pod sebou.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fleft ad Zobrazí vzdialenosť medzi ľavým okrajom stránky a ľavým okrajom prvého štítku alebo vizitky. Pokiaľ nastavujete vlastný formát, na tomto mieste zadajte hodnotu.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsetup 1f Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffloatingsync%2Fsync 6d Skopíruje obsah ľavého horného štítku alebo vizitky do ostatných štítkov alebo vizitiek na stránke.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fentirepage 30 Creates a full page of labels or business cards.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fcols 58 Zadajte počet štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré chcete mať na stránke v jednom riadku.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2FLabelOptionsPage 69 Ďalšie možnosti nastavení štítkov alebo vizitiek, napr. synchronizácia textu a voľby tlačiarne .
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsinglelabel 31 Prints a single label or business card on a page.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Frows 50 Zadajte počet riadkov štítkov alebo vizitiek, ktoré chcete mať na stránke.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsynchronize af Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the Synchronize Labels button.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 2d Umožní vám navrhnúť a vytvoriť vizitky.
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE ec Vyberte formát rozmerov, ktorý chcete použiť. Dostupné formáty závisia na značke vybranej v zozname Značka. Ak chcete použiť vlastný formát štítku, vyberte [Používateľský], a potom určte formát na záložke Formát.
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND 30 Vyberte značku papiera, ktorý chcete použiť.
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT 26 Vytlačí vizitky na súvislý papier.
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET 27 Vytlačí vizitky na jednotlivé listy.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Fautotext 4d Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the Content list.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2FCardFormatPage 21 Určite vzhľad svojich vizitiek.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Ftreeview 67 Select a business card category in AutoText - Section box, and then click a layout in the Content list.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fmobile 2a Zadajte svoje mobilné telefónne číslo.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname2 44 Zadajte priezvisko osoby, ktorú chcete použiť ako druhý kontakt.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Furl 36 Zadajte adresu svojej internetovej domovskej stránky.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname2 46 Zadajte krstné meno osoby, ktorú chcete použiť ako druhý kontakt.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname2 43 Zadajte iniciály osoby, ktorú chcete použiť ako druhý kontakt.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fjob 16 Zadajte svoju funkciu.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fcountry 22 Zadajte krajinu, v ktorej žijete.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fphone 29 Zadajte svoje domáce telefónne číslo.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Furl 26 Vložte domovskú adresu vašej firmy.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany2 33 Vložte ďalšie informácie o vašej spoločnosti.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fslogan 22 Vložte motto vašej spoločnosti.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2FBusinessDataPage b4 Obsahuje kontaktné informácie umiestnené na vizitkách, ktoré používajú rozloženie z kategórie 'Vizitka, pracovný'. Rozloženie vizitiek je zvolené na záložke Vizitky.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstate 41 Vložte názov krajiny, v ktorej sa vaša spoločnosť nachádza.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fmobile 2d Vložte číslo vášho mobilného telefónu.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fphone 2f Vložte číslo vášho služobného telefónu.
15 HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY 21 Opens the file in read-only mode.
16 HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN 4b Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.
2e fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fnew_folder 15 Creates a new folder.
13 .uno%3AOpenFromCalc 2d Opens a local or remote file, or imports one.
b .uno%3AOpen 2d Opens a local or remote file, or imports one.
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE 3f To delete a file, right-click the file, and then choose Delete.
18 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_LEVELUP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fall 23 Click to delete all selected files.
14 HID_FILEDLG_STANDARD 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
15 .uno%3AOpenFromWriter 2d Opens a local or remote file, or imports one.
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME 3f To rename a file, right-click the file, and then choose Rename.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fyes 3c Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialog.
36 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2FExplorerFileDialog 2d Opens a local or remote file, or imports one.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fno 48 Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialog.
14 HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION 5e If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_name 7a Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL that starts with the protocol name ftp, http, or https.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_type 78 Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the folder.
28 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fopen 1f Opens the selected document(s).
11 .uno%3AOpenRemote 32 Opens a document located in a remote file service.
19 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME 27 Zadajte cestu alebo vyberte zo zoznamu.
14 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN 18 Zvolí označenú cestu.
33 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_DLG_LISTBOX 3b Vyberte vstupný filter pre súbor, ktorý chcete otvoriť.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 34 Zatvorí aktuálny dokument bez ukončenia programu.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Uloží aktuálny dokument.
11 .uno%3ASaveRemote 32 Saves a document located in a remote file service.
10 .uno%3ASaveACopy 41 Save a copy of the actual document with another name or location.
16 HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
1d HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
13 HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE f Saves the file.
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
14 HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL 42 Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
1f SVT_HID_FILESAVE_PLACES_LISTBOX 49 Displays "favourite" places, i.e. shortcuts to local or remote locations.
d .uno%3ASaveAs 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
35 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fconnect_to_server 7f Opens a dialog where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.
1c HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY 15 Creates a new folder.
1c HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER 4e Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.
d SID_SAVEASDOC 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
17 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
14 HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
13 .uno%3AExportAsMenu 2a Export the document in PDF or EPUB formats
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fkeywords ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
34 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2FDescriptionInfoPage 29 Obsahuje informácie s popisom dokumentu.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fcomments 3b Zadajte poznámku, ktorá pomôže identifikovať dokument.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fsubject 5f Zadajte predmet dokumentu. Pomocou predmetu je možné zoskupiť dokumenty s podobným obsahom.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Ftitle 19 Zadajte nadpis dokumentu.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Freset a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2FDocumentInfoPage 2a Obsahuje základné informácie o súbore.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fuserdatacb 78 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fnameed 19 Zobrazuje názov súboru.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2FCustomInfoPage 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fadd 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fproperties ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2Fupdate 17 Updates the statistics.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Frecordchanges 56 Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Track Changes - Record.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Fprotect d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2FSecurityInfoPage 2f Sets password options for the current document.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Freadonly 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentfontspage%2FembedFonts 71 Mark this box to embed document fonts into the document file, for portability between different computer systems.
30 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentfontspage%2FDocumentFontsPage 2a Embed  document fonts in the current file.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
28 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fadmin 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
29 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fassign 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
2c svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatatable 2c Select the data table for your address book.
2d svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatasource 2d Select the data source for your address book.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2Fdefaultcb 36 The new template will be used as the default template.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2Fcategorylb 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2Fname_entry 1e Enter a name for the template.
33 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2FSaveAsTemplateDialog 29 Saves the current document as a template.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A0 18 Vyberte tvar zo zoznamu.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A1 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintHidden%3ACheckBox 2e Použije predlohu stránky na všetky snímky.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintDateTime%3ACheckBox 2e Hľadá cez všetky listy vo vybranom zošite.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A2 2e Hľadá cez všetky listy vo vybranom zošite.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintName%3ACheckBox 2e Použije predlohu stránky na všetky snímky.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPageOrder%3AListBox 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A1 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagespersheetbtn 20 Zadajte názvy dátových radov.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpaperspersheetlb 1d Vyberte operátor zo zoznamu.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagerows 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagemarginsb 29 Zvoľte variantu základného typu grafu.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsheetmarginsb 33 Po kliknutí prejdete na danú stránku sprievodcu.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A2 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forientationlb 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ABorder%3ACheckBox 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
22 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcopycount 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ATitleRow%3ACheckBox 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPage%3AListBox 1d Zvoľte základný typ grafu.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AFixedText 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forderlb 1d Zvoľte základný typ grafu.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A0 31 Otvorí ponuku s príkazmi pre aktuálny snímok.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 182 If this option is enabled automatically inserted blank pages are printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox b9 Otvorí dialóg pre výber obrázku. Pri obrázku sa upraví veľkosť a vloží sa ako pozadie predlohy aktuálneho snímku. Obrázok odstránite v dialógu Formát - Strana - Pozadie.
c .uno%3APrint 7d Vytlačí aktuálny dokument, výber alebo určené strany. Tiež je možné zadať nastavenia tlače pre aktuálny dokument.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
40 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 3b Nastaví kurzor na predchádzajúci objekt vybraného typu.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A0 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3d Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať textové rámce.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageContentType%3AListBox 24 Vyberte farbu okolitého osvetlenia.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A1 25 Umiestni legendu vľavo vedľa grafu.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 50 Vyberte predlohu snímok a kliknutím na túto ikonu ju odstránite z dokumentu.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AFormulaText%3ACheckBox 1c Zarovná obsah bunky vpravo.
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fbordercb 33 Po kliknutí prejdete na danú stránku sprievodcu.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintScale%3ANumericField 2e Upraví veľkosť náhľadu predlohy stránky.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinters f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsIncludeEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 39 Kliknutím vytvoríte jeden dokument pre každý záznam.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcollate 32 Preserves the page order of the original document.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagecols 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPaperFromSetup%3ACheckBox 59 Otvorí panel prechodov medzi snímkami, kde ich môžete aplikovať na vybrané snímky.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 48 Náhľad stránky ukončíte kliknutím na tlačidlo Zatvoriť náhľad.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinttofile 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
27 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsingleprintjob 39 Kliknutím vytvoríte jeden dokument pre každý záznam.
1e vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsetup 6a Opens the printer properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fexpander 39 Ukazuje rovnicu trendovej krivky vedľa regresnej krivky.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Freverseorder 21 Určiť poradie dátových bodov.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintLeftRightPages%3AListBox 17 Nastaviť rozlíšenie.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspect%3ACheckBox 42 Vyberte túto ikonku, ak chcete prechádzať vzorce v tabuľkách.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A2 1d Vyberte databázu a tabuľku.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectInclude%3AListBox 18 Vyberte tvar zo zoznamu.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A3 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Foptions ab Opens the Printer Options dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print panel for the current document.
2a svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Fproperties 4f Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.
32 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2FPrinterSetupDialog 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
24 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Fname 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 8e Otvorí sa nové okno v predvolenej e-mailovej aplikácii, pričom aktuálny dokument sa pripojí ako príloha. Použije sa formát Microsoft.
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 91 Otvorí sa nové okno v predvolenej e-mailovej aplikácii, pričom aktuálny dokument sa pripojí ako príloha. Použije sa formát OpenDocument.
f .uno%3ASendMail 8e Otvorí sa nové okno v predvolenej e-mailovej aplikácii, pričom aktuálny dokument sa pripojí ako príloha. Použije sa aktuálny formát.
15 HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
26 HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
b .uno%3AQuit 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fcompare 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fshow 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fdelete 1d Deletes the selected version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fsave a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fopen 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Falways 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
36 sfx%2Fui%2Fversioncommentdialog%2FVersionCommentDialog 7d Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fversions 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_UNDO a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3AUndo a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_REDO 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3ARedo 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
d .uno%3ARepeat 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
a .uno%3ACut 2e Odstráni výber a skopíruje ho do schránky.
b .uno%3ACopy 1f Skopíruje výber do schránky.
c .uno%3APaste 56 Vloží obsah schránky na miesto kurzoru a nahradí ním vybraný text alebo objekty.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_right 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdatetime 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnumbers 0 
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnone 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmultiply 0 
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftext 0 
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 59 Vloží obsah schránky do aktuálneho súboru vo formáte, ktorý možno špecifikovať.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flist 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsource 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fcomments 0 
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fadd 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fno_shift 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformats 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fobjects 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsubtract 0 
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdivide 0 
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_down 0 
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcalcsearchin 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnoformat 70 Click in the Find or the Replace box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslikebtn 3c Nastavuje možnosti pre podobnú notáciu v japonskom texte.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslike ac Je možné určiť, či sa v japonskom texte hľadá podobná notácia. Zaškrtnite toto políčko a potom kliknite na tlačidlo ... pre určenie možností vyhľadávania.
2d svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcharwidth 45 Rozlišuje medzi formami znaku v polovičnej šírke a plnej šírke.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fregexp 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
30 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace_backwards 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchlist 50 Enter the text that you want to find, or select a previous search from the list.
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplacelist 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcase 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 3a Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fwholewords 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplaceall 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcols 1f Hľadá zhora dole cez stĺpce.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flabel3 5f Shows more or fewer search options. Click this label again to hide the extended search options.
24 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnotes 48 In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 3a Finds or replaces text or formats in the current document.
f .uno%3AUpSearch 38 Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.
f .uno%3AFindText 50 Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flayout c4 Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fbacksearch 6b Finds and selects the previous occurrence of the text or format that you are searching for in the document.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Frows 1f Hľadá zhora dole cez stĺpce.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchall 75 Nájde a označí v dokumentoch všetky texty alebo formáty, ktoré hľadáte (iba pre dokumenty Writer alebo Calc).
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fselection 29 Searches only the selected text or cells.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearch 67 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you are searching for in the document.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fallsheets 2e Hľadá cez všetky listy vo vybranom zošite.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace 60 Nahradí označený text alebo formát, ktorý ste vyhľadali, a potom hľadá ďalší výskyt.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fshorterfld 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Flongerfld 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fotherfld 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Frelaxbox 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilarity 8c Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilaritybtn 2a Set the options for the similarity search.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsearchattrdialog%2FSearchAttrDialog 122 Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the Font attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fformat 69 Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK 12 Updates all links.
19 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE 27 Creates and inserts a new sub-document.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL 26 Updates the contents of the selection.
16 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK 32 Changes the link properties for the selected file.
1b HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
11 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
13 HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL 15 Updates all contents.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fmoveup 3a Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE 3c Inserts one or more existing files into the master document.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT 90 Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX 14 Updates all indexes.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX 41 Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document.
10 HID_GLBLTREE_DEL 2e Deletes the selection from the Navigator list.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fsave a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fmovedown 3c Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FBREAK_LINK 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FTB_LINKS 68 Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FAUTOMATIC d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FMANUAL 37 Only updates the link when you click the Update button.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FUPDATE_NOW 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FCHANGE_SOURCE 2d Change the source file for the selected link.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fcategory 6c Lists the section that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section here.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fapp 36 Lists the application that last saved the source file.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Ffile 22 Lists the path to the source file.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
2d cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fdefaultwidth 27 Applies the default horizontal spacing.
29 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fborderon 2a Displays the border of the floating frame.
2e cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fdefaultheight 25 Applies the default vertical spacing.
2a cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fborderoff 27 Hides the border of the floating frame.
2e cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fscrollbarauto 59 Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fheight dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
3a cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2FInsertFloatingFrameDialog a9 Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fwidth e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fedname 7b Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore ( _ ).
2d cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fscrollbaroff 2b Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fedurl aa Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the Browse button and locate the file that you want to display.
2c cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fscrollbaron 2e Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
2d cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fbuttonbrowse 5d Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Fcontainer 44 Displays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Furl 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FImapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SELECT 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
1c svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Ftext 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_OPEN 5b Loads an existing image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_APPLY 33 Applies the changes that you made to the image map.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_CIRCLE b3 Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLY 1bb Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYDELETE 22 Deletes the selected anchor point.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_FREEPOLY 122 Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_RECT b3 Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SAVEAS 53 Saves the image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_ACTIVE 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYMOVE 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_MACRO 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYINSERT 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYEDIT 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_PROPERTY 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FdescTV 24 Enter a description for the hotspot.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Fnameentry 1b Enter a name for the image.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FframeCB a0 Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Ftextentry 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FIMapDialog 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Furlentry 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 48 Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
13 .uno%3ATrackChanges 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
19 .uno%3AShowTrackedChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2FShowChangesDialog 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2Fedit 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2FCommentDialog 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
1c .uno%3ACommentChangeTracking 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3ACommentChange 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
33 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcposition 82 Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriterdesc 4a Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriterdate 2e Sorts the list according to the date and time.
32 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalccomment 33 Lists the comments that are attached to the change.
2f svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcdate 31 Lists the date and time that the change was made.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcauthor 23 Lists the user who made the change.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcaction 31 Lists the changes that were made in the document.
1a .uno%3ARejectTrackedChange 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2FRedlineViewPage 24 Accept or reject individual changes.
33 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriterauthor 27 Sorts the list according to the Author.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2Fchanges b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Faccept 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
1a .uno%3AAcceptTrackedChange 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Freject 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Facceptall 4a Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
2f svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcedit 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Frejectall 4a Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
2b svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fundo 2a Reverse the last Accept or Reject command.
33 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriteraction 2f Sorts the list according to the type of change.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcommentedit 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcomment 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fenddate 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstartdate 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthor 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdatecond 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2FRedlineFilterPage 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstarttime 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdate 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendtime 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstartclock 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Factionlist 5e Filters the list of changes according to the type of change that you select in the Action box.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frange 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsimplerefdialog%2FSimpleRefDialog 5e Filters the list of changes according to the type of change that you select in the Action box.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendclock 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthorlist 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdotdotdot 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frangeedit 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Faction 5e Filters the list of changes according to the type of change that you select in the Action box.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 35 Select the data source for the bibliography database.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 4b Use the Standard Filter to refine and to combine AutoFilter search options.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 46 To display all of the records in a table, click the Reset Filter icon.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 73 Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
13 HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
3a modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Ftoolbar%2FTBC_BT_COL_ASSIGN 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
11 SID_FM_DELETEROWS 1c Deletes the selected record.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS 6a Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the Identifier column in the list of records.
3c modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Fmappingdialog%2FMappingDialog a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS a5 Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the Type column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fbookmode 83 In book mode view layout you see two pages side by side as in an open book. The first page is a right page with an odd page number.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumnssb 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fsinglepage 56 The single page view layout displays pages beneath each other, but never side by side.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fautomatic 59 The automatic view layout displays pages side by side, as many as the zoom factor allows.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fzoomsb 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2F100pc 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
15 .uno%3AZoom100Percent 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
b .uno%3AZoom 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2FZoomDialog 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
1d svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2Foptimal 66 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at the moment the command is started.
1a svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2Fpage 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumns 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2Fwidth 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
19 svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2F100 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 20 Shows or hides the Standard Bar.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 99 Zobrazí alebo skryje stavové okno externého programu - editora vstupnej metódy (IME - Input Method Engine), ktorý sa používa pre vkladanie znakov.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 1d Shows or hides the Tools bar.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX 76 In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys Ctrl+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 89 Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen button or press the Esc key.
14 HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS 145 Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.
13 .uno%3AColorControl 8b Show or hides the Color Bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility aa Choose View - Toolbars - Reset to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations 49 Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).
1a .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotation 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 4d Inserts a comment around the selected text or at the current cursor position.
11 .uno%3ADeleteNote 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
13 .uno%3ADeleteAuthor 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
17 .uno%3ADeleteAnnotation 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
15 .uno%3ADeleteAllNotes 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
22 .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Ffontlb 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
17 HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET 4e Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click Insert.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2FSpecialCharactersDialog 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Fsubsetlb 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
13 .uno%3AInsertSymbol 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
d .uno%3ABullet 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
16 HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
13 HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 5f Inserts an image into the current document with optimal page wrapping and centered on the line.
1b HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE 27 Select the frame style for the graphic.
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 65 Inserts an embedded object into your document, including formulas, 3D models, charts and OLE objects.
2b cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatefromfile 2c Creates an OLE object from an existing file.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Ftypes 34 Select the type of document that you want to create.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
23 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furlbtn 3d Locate the file that you want to insert, and then click Open.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furled 5f Enter the name of the file that you want to link or embed, or click Search, to locate the file.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatenew 42 Creates a new OLE object based on the object type that you select.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame ad Tu vkladáte do dokumentu odkazy alebo odkazované polia. Odkazy sú tvorené odkazovanými poľami v rámci rovnakého dokumentu alebo v poddokumentoch hlavného dokumentu.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 56 The submenu presents various sources that an image, audio or video can be insert from.
16 .uno%3AResetAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3ASetDefault 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlsizelb 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlstylelb 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2FCharNamePage 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctllanglb 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlfontnamelb 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Findividualwordscb 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Feffectslb 2f Select the font effects that you want to apply.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Ffontcolorlb 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Frelieflb cd Vyberte efekt reliéfu, ktorý sa použije na označený text. Pri efekte "Reliéf" znaky vyzerajú, akoby boli zdvihnuté nad stránkou. Pri efekte "Rytina" vyzerajú, ako by boli zatlačené do stránky.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2FEffectsPage 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
10 .uno%3AFontColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fshadowcb 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinecolorlb 25 Select the color for the underlining.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fblinkingcb 4b Makes the selected characters blink. You cannot change the blink frequency.
c .uno%3AColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinelb 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fpositionlb 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foutlinecb 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fhiddencb 1e Hides the selected characters.
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Femphasislb 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinecolorlb 24 Select the color for the overlining.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fstrikeoutlb 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinelb 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcommented 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fsourceformat 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcurrencylb 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcategorylb 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatlb 49 Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fengineering 56 With scientific format, Engineering notation ensures that exponent is a multiple of 3.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdecimalsed 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdenominatored 5e With fraction format, enter the number of places for the denominator that you want to display.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fleadzerosed 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fadd 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fnegnumred 32 Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fthousands 6c Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatted 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Flanguagelb 100 Specifies the language setting for the selected fields. With the language set to Automatic, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected fields.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdelete 23 Deletes the selected number format.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fedit 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftargetfrmlb 71 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fvisitedlb b0 Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furled 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furlpb 3e Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftexted 3a Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Funvisitedlb b2 Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Feventpb 3c Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fnameed 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fpairkerning 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
e .uno%3ASpacing 42 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2F270deg 35 Rotates the selected text to the right by 90 degrees.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2F90deg 34 Rotates the selected text to the left by 90 degrees.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2F0deg 22 Does not rotate the selected text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fscalewidthsb 66 Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsuperscript 52 Zmenší veľkosť písma označeného textu a posunie text nad základnú čiaru.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2FPositionPage 44 Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fnormal 2c Removes superscript or subscript formatting.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fautomatic 6a Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsubscript 51 Zmenší veľkosť písma označeného textu a posunie text pod základnú čiaru
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerningsb 42 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fraiselowersb 9e Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Ffittoline 86 Stretches or compresses the selected text so that it fits between the line that is above the text and the line that is below the text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Ffontsizesb 50 Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fendbracket 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2FTwoLinesPage 7f Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fstartbracket 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Ftwolines 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckApplySpacing 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckHangPunct 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FAsianTypography f2 Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box, and then select the Enabled box in the Asian language support area.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckForbidList 89 Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
16 .uno%3AParagraphDialog 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcomboLB_LINEDIST 2d Určuje vzdialenosť medzi riadkami v odseku.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_BOTTOMDIST 7f Zadajte veľkosť voľného priestoru, ktorý chcete ponechať pod vybraným odsekom (alebo pod viacerými vybranými odsekmi).
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING 94 Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LEFTINDENT 172 Zadajte veľkosť voľného miesta, o ktoré chcete odsadiť odsek od okraja strany. Ak chcete aby odsek presahoval za okraj strany, zadajte záporné číslo. V jazykoch so smerom textu zľava-doprava bude odsek odsadený zľava, s ohľadom na ľavý okraj strany. V jazykoch so smerom textu sprava-doľava bude odsek odsadený sprava s ohľadom na pravý okraj strany.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FParaIndentSpacing 40 Nastavuje možnosti odsadenia odseku a rozostupov medzi odsekmi.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_TOPDIST 7f Zadajte veľkosť voľného priestoru, ktorý chcete ponechať nad vybraným odsekom (alebo nad viacerými vybranými odsekmi).
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_RIGHTINDENT 176 Zadajte veľkosť voľného miesta, o ktoré chcete odsadiť odsek od okraja strany. Ak chcete aby odsek presahoval za okraj strany, zadajte záporné číslo. Pri jazykoch so smerom textu zľava-doprava bude odsek odsadený sprava, s ohľadom na pravý okraj strany. Pri jazykoch so smerom textu sprava-doľava bude odsek odsadený zľava s ohľadom na ľavý okraj strany.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_FLINEINDENT 159 Odsadí prvý riadok odseku o vzdialenosť, ktorú zadáte. Ak chcete vytvoriť vyčnievajúci prvý riadok, zadajte kladné číslo do poľa "Pred text" a záporné číslo do poľa "Prvý riadok". Ak chcete odsadiť prvý riadok odseku, ktorý používa odrážky alebo číslovanie, zvoľte "Formát - Odrážky a číslovanie - Umiestnenie".
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_REGISTER 149 Aligns the baseline of each line of text to a vertical document grid, so that each line is the same height. To use this feature, you must first activate the Register-true option for the current page style. To do this, choose Format - Page, click on the Page tab, and then select the Register-true box in the Layout settings area.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LINEDISTMETRIC 45 Nastavte hodnotu, ktorá bude použitá pre vybraný typ riadkovania.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_AUTO c1 Automaticky odsadí prvý riadok odseku na základe veľkosti písma a riadkovania použitého v odseku. Pri použití tejto možnosti bude ignorované nastavenie odsadenia v poli Prvý riadok.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DELALL 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_NEW 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
3c cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FED_TABPOS fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FParagraphTabsPage 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
3a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FentryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER 2e Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL 67 Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fmergeadjacent 9c Merges two different border styles of adjacent cells in a Writer table into one border style. This property is valid for a whole table in a Writer document.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fmergewithnext 5e Merges the border style and the shadow style of the current paragraph with the next paragraph.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fdistancemf 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadows 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadowcolorlb 1e Select a color for the shadow.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fbottommf 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fpresets 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fleftmf 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinestylelb 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fsync 5f Applies the same spacing to contents setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Ftopmf 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2FBorderPage 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinecolorlb 46 Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Frightmf 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
18 SVX_HID_POPUP_COLOR_CTRL 71 Click a color. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting color. Click Automatic to reset a font color.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftilerb 53 Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Farearb 4b Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2FBackgroundPage 24 Set the background color or graphic.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fselectlb 35 Select the type of background that you want to apply.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Flink 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fpositionrb 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbrowse 52 Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click Open.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbackgroundcolorset 62 Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click No Fill.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftablelb 3f Select the area that you want to apply the background color to.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fshowpreview 34 Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FcomboLB_VERTALIGN 85 Select an alignment option for oversized or undersized characters in the paragraph relative to the rest of the text in the paragraph.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FcheckCB_SNAP 61 Aligns the paragraph to a text grid. To activate the text grid, choose Format - Page - Text Grid.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FcheckCB_EXPAND 74 If the last line of a justified paragraph consists of one word, the word is stretched to the width of the paragraph.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTALIGN 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FParaAlignPage 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_RIGHTALIGN 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Ftextdirectionlb 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_CENTERALIGN 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FcomboLB_LASTLINE 39 Specify the alignment for the last line in the paragraph.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Forigsize 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheight 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheightzoom 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepscale 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2FCropPage 5c Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidth 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fbottom 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Ftop 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepsize 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fleft 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidthzoom 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fright 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fdesc 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnamerw a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2FManageStylePage 27 Set the options for the selected style.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnextstyle 102 Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fcategory 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fautoupdate b0 Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Flinkedwith 69 Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboLayoutFormat 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageLayout 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonLandscape 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargRight e8 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonPortrait 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinHeight 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinWidth 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FPageFormatPage 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargTop 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPaperTray ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageFormat 81 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Height and Width boxes.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargLeft e7 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargBot 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonVert 0 
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckRegisterTrue 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboRegisterStyle dd Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckAdaptBox 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboTextFlowBox 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonHorz 0 
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonEdit 0 
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckAutofit 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinHeight 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
2f svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckDynSpacing 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonMore 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinSpacing 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckHeaderOn 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameLR 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameFP 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFFormatPage 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 60 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin and the left edge of the header.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargRight 62 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right page margin and the right edge of the header.
12 HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 0 
19 SVX_HID_FOOTER_BUTTONMORE 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.
1e SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKDYNSPACING 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
1b SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKAUTOFIT 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
19 SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINHEIGHT 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
1a SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINSPACING 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckFooterOn 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
15 SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 18 Add or edit footer text.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFFormatPage 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
1c SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINMARGRIGHT 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.
1a SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKSAMEFP 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
1a SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKSAMELR 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
1b SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINMARGLEFT 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 30 Toggles case of all selected Western characters.
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 56 Changes the first letter of the selected Western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 40 Changes the selected Western characters to uppercase characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full-width characters.
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 30 Toggles case of all selected Western characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected Western characters to an uppercase character.
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected Western characters to an uppercase character.
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 56 Changes the first letter of the selected Western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 40 Changes the selected Western characters to lowercase characters.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fpositionlb 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight4ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft4ED 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fadjustlb 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstyles 5e Opens the Styles deck of the Sidebar where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstylelb 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 34 Zarovná označené odseky k ľavému okraju strany.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 34 Zarovná označené odseky k pravému okraju strany.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 34 Zarovná označené odseky k ľavému okraju strany.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara b5 Zarovná označené odseky k ľavému aj pravému okraju strany. Ak chcete, je možné určiť možnosti zarovnanie posledného riadku odseku - vyberte Formát - Odsek - Zarovnanie.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fprop 3c Rozdelenie buniek do riadkov, ktoré majú rovnakú výšku.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fcountnf 5c Vloženie počtu riadkov alebo stĺpcov, do ktorých chcete rozdeliť vybranú(é) bunku(y).
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fhori 5e Rozdelenie vybranej(ých) bunky(iek) do počtu riadkov, ktorý ste určili v poli  Množstvo .
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fvert 5f Rozdelenie vybranej(ých) bunky(iek) do počtu stĺpcov, ktorý ste určili v poli  Množstvo .
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2FSplitCellsDialog 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 44 Zarovná obsah bunky na stred medzi horným a dolným okrajom bunky.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold aa Zmení vybraný text na tučný. Ak je kurzor vnútri slova, je celé slovo označené tučne. Ak je slovo alebo výber už tučné, bude toto formátovanie odstránené.
d .uno%3AItalic ac Zmení vybraný text na šikmý. Ak je kurzor vnútri slova, je celé slovo zmenené na šikmé. Ak je slovo alebo výber už šikmé, bude toto formátovanie odstránené.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 3c Podčiarkne alebo zruší podčiarknutie označeného textu.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 66 Prečiarkne alebo zruší prečiarknutie označeného textu alebo slova, v ktorom sa nachádza kurzor.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 53 Upravenie výšky vybraných riadkov podľa výšky najvyššieho riadku z výberu.
12 .uno%3ASuperScript 52 Zmenší veľkosť písma označeného textu a posunie text nad základnú čiaru.
10 .uno%3ASubScript 51 Zmenší veľkosť písma označeného textu a posunie text pod základnú čiaru
12 .uno%3ALineSpacing 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 55 Upravenie šírky vybraných stĺpcov podľa šírky najširšieho stĺpca z výberu.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fnewstyle%2Fstylename 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstringinput%2Fedit 37 Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click OK.
18 HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
1d .uno%3AObjectTitleDescription 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fdesc_entry e3 Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fobject_title_entry 7c Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2FObjectTitleDescDialog 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_CAP_STYLE 52 Select the style of the line end caps. The caps are added to inner dashes as well.
21 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_COLOR 1c Select a color for the line.
10 .uno%3ALineWidth 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_EDGE_STYLE 91 Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCB_SYMBOL_RATIO 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
11 .uno%3AXLineColor 1c Select a color for the line.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_LINE_STYLE 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMB_SYMBOL_BITMAP 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
11 .uno%3AXLineStyle 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_END_STYLE 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLineTabPage 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FTSB_CENTER_END 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_WIDTH 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
2a cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_END_WIDTH 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1e Imports a list of line styles.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fnamedialog%2FNameDialog d Enter a name.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_ADD 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
c HID_LINE_DEF 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LENGTH_2 1d Enter the length of the dash.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_TYPE_2 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_LINESTYLES 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FNUM_FLD_2 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FEDT_NAME 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLineEndPage 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLB_LINEENDS 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_ADD 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnhatch 3f Fills the object with a hatching pattern selected on this page.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnnone 20 Do not fill the selected object.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnpattern 47 Fills the object with a simple two color pattern selected on this page.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FAreaTabPage 35 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtncolor 34 Fills the object with a color selected on this page.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnbitmap 3d Fills the object with a bitmap pattern selected on this page.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtngradient 37 Fills the object with a gradient selected on this page.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fmodify 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortomtr 70 Enter the intensity for the color in the To box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortolb 30 Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fadd 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfrommtr 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfromlb 37 Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradienttypelb 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fbordermtr 9c Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2FGradientPage 42 Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterymtr c8 Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterxmtr cc Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fanglemtr 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fmodify 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdistancemtr 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2FHatchPage 4a Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fadd 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglemtr 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinetypelb 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinecolorlb 24 Select the color of the hatch lines.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_IMPORT 80 Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click Open. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBitmapTabPage 95 Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FTSB_SHOW_SHADOW 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 28 Click where you want to cast the shadow.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FShadowTabPage 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FLB_SHADOW_COLOR 1e Select a color for the shadow.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FMTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
35 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_START_VALUE 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_BORDER 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_END_VALUE 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_ANGLE 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_OFF 1d Turns off color transparency.
37 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FLB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_X 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
31 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_LINEAR 8c Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRANSPARENT 6e Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
34 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FTransparencyTabPage 50 Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_GRADIENT 74 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FULL_WIDTH 52 Vyberie oddeľovač medzi viacnásobnými textovými reťazcami v rovnakom objekte
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_BOTTOM 7a Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_TOP 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RIGHT 79 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE 56 Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT 59 Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTextAttributesPage 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 36 Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FIT_TO_SIZE 46 Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LEFT 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_CONTOUR 54 Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_SIZEPROTECT 26 Prevents you from resizing the object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCBX_SCALE 3a Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_SIZERECT 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 6f Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 6d Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_POSRECT f2 Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the amount that you want to shift the object relative to the base point that you selected in the Position Y and Position X boxes. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an object.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FPositionAndSize 25 Resizes or moves the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_POSPROTECT 44 Prevents changes to the position or the size of the selected object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_WIDTH 26 Enter a width for the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 27 Enter a height for the selected object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FNF_ANGLE 48 Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_ANGLE 3f Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_RECT 2e Click where you want to place the pivot point.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 4d Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FRotation 1c Rotates the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 50 Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_ANGLE 22 Enter the angle of the slant axis.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FSlantAndCornerRadius 4a Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RADIUS 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Foptimal 3d Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fposition 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Flength 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fvalueset 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fspacing 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 36 Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
e .uno%3AForward 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
f .uno%3ABackward 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 33 Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAtChar 29 Anchors the selected item to a character.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToChar 29 Anchors the selected item to a character.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancey 53 Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslant a2 Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fnoshadow 38 Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvertical 9c Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Frotate 4c Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fhori 36 Horizontally slants the characters in the text object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancex 55 Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fupright 97 Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Forientation 9c Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Findent 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
f .uno%3AFontWork 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fautosize 38 Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcolor 23 Select a color for the text shadow.
16 HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS 42 Click the shape of the baseline that you want to use for the text.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Ftextcontour 44 Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Foff 1c Removes baseline formatting.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvert 34 Vertically slants the characters in the text object.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fleft 35 Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcenter 26 Centers the text on the text baseline.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fright 36 Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistance 75 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcontour 46 Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_AUTO c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_AMOUNT 3b Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FNUM_FLD_COUNT 47 Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DELAY 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FLB_EFFECT 8f Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select No Effect.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_LEFT 20 Scrolls text from right to left.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_RIGHT 20 Scrolls text from left to right.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_PIXEL 23 Measures increment value in pixels.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_STOP_INSIDE 31 Text remains visible after the effect is applied.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTextAnimation 44 Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_UP 20 Scrolls text from bottom to top.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_ENDLESS 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
2d cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_START_INSIDE 49 Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_DOWN 20 Scrolls text from top to bottom.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fdefault c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2FRowHeightDialog 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fvalue 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2FColWidthDialog 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinIndentFrom 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
f .uno%3AAlignTop 3e Aligns the contents of the cell to the upper edge of the cell.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 2d Aligns the contents of the cell to the right.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckShrinkFitCellSize aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
11 .uno%3AAlignBlock 4a Aligns the contents of the cell to the left and to the right cell borders.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Fdialcontrol 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 2c Aligns the contents of the cell to the left.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FCellAlignPage 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxHorzAlign 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
13 .uno%3AAlignVCenter 2f Sets the text orientation of the cell contents.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxVertAlign 33 Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinDegrees a2 Enter the rotation angle for the text in the selected cell(s). A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Freferences 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckVertStack 17 Aligns text vertically.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckWrapTextAuto 66 Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckHyphActive 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckAsianMode 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS b7 Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
17 HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT 1c Formats the selected row(s).
18 HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT 1f Formats the selected column(s).
f .uno%3AWindow3D 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesided 60 Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjspecific 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdiagonal 52 Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fscaleddepth 67 Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Finvertnormals 19 Inverts the light source.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspherical 1c Renders a smooth 3D surface.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fveri 4f Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fgeometry 108 Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fflat 23 Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fangle 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesidedillum 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fhori 52 Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdepth 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fslant 3b Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffocal 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdistance 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fshadow 35 Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Frepresentation 3f Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmode 135 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fambientcolor 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flightcolor1 2c Select a color for the current light source.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight8 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexfilter 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcircley 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcirclex 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjy 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallelx 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftextype 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallely 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexture 11f Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcolor 1e Converts the texture to color.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexmodulate 79 Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexreplace 24 Applies the texture without shading.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjx 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fintensity 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspeccolor 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmaterial 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fillumcolor 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjcolor 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffavorites 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverbottom 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvertop 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvernone 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhornone 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorleft 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorcenter 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvercenter 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhordistance 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverdistance 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorright 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fundo 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchangeall 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignorerule 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fadd 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Foptions 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fautocorrect 72 Adds the current combination of the incorrect word and the replacement word to the AutoCorrect replacements table.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignoreall 7e Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
1f .uno%3ASpellingAndGrammarDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2FSpellingDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignore 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Flanguagelb 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsentence 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsuggestionslb 82 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Correct or Correct All.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchange 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fcheckgrammar 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
1d .uno%3ASetLanguageAllTextMenu a3 Opens a submenu. Choose a language for all text. Choose None to exclude all text from spellchecking and hyphenation.Choose More to open a dialog with more options.
1f .uno%3ASetLanguageParagraphMenu bd Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the current paragraph. Choose None to exclude the current paragraph from spellchecking and hyphenation.Choose More to open a dialog with more options.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
1f .uno%3ASetLanguageSelectionMenu b5 Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the selected text. Choose None to exclude the selected text from spellchecking and hyphenation.Choose More to open a dialog with more options.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Fcommonterms a3 Converts words with two or more characters that are in the list of common terms. After the list is scanned, the remaining text is converted character by character.
32 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Ftotraditional b3 Converts simplified Chinese text characters to traditional Chinese text characters. Click OK to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Feditterms 51 Opens the Edit Dictionary dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.
31 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Ftosimplified b3 Converts traditional Chinese text characters to simplified Chinese text characters. Click OK to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
3c svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2FChineseConversionDialog 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fdelete 3c Removes the selected user-defined entry from the dictionary.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fadd 77 Adds the term to the conversion dictionary. If the term is already in the dictionary, the new term receives precedence.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fmapping 36 Enter the text that you want to replace the Term with.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fproperty 27 Defines the class of the selected term.
36 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2FChineseDictionaryDialog 22 Edit the Chinese conversion terms.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fmodify 2e Saves the modified entry to the database file.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Ftradtosimple 33 Converts traditional Chinese to simplified Chinese.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fsimpletotrad 33 Converts simplified Chinese to traditional Chinese.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fterm 3e Enter the text that you want to replace with the Mapping term.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Freverse 62 Automatically adds the reverse mapping direction to the list for each modification that you enter.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Falternatives c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fleft 3d Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Flangcb 24 Select a language for the thesaurus.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Freplaceed af The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fwordcb b6 Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor5 47 Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor4 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
34 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2FDockingColorReplace 6e Otvorí okno Písmomaľba- rozostup znakov kde môžete zadávať nové hodnoty rozostupu znakov písmomaľby.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol4 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 6e Otvorí okno Písmomaľba- rozostup znakov kde môžete zadávať nové hodnoty rozostupu znakov písmomaľby.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fpipette a5 Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx5 4f Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx4 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Freplace 74 Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
1a SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1 af Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 90 Nastaví možnosti pre automatické nahrádzanie textu počas písania alebo pre hromadné použitie automatických opráv v existujúcom texte.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2Fedit 2f Upraví možnosti zvolenej Automatickej opravy.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2FApplyAutoFmtPage 87 Nastavte možnosti pre automatické opravy chýb počas písania textu alebo pre hromadnú opravu existujúceho textu a kliknite na OK.
20 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnew 32 Pridá alebo nahradí položku v tabuľke náhrad.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Forigtext 272 Enter the word, abbreviation or word part that you want to replace while you type. Wildcard character sequence .* in the end of word results the replacement of the word before arbitrary suffixes, too. Wildcard character sequence .* before the word results the replacement after arbitrary prefixes, too. For example, the pattern "i18n.*" with the replacement text "internationalization" finds and replaces "i18ns" with "internationalizations", or the pattern ".*..." with the replacement text "…" finds and replaces three dots in "word..." with the typographically correct precomposed Unicode horizontal ellipsis ("word…").
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftextonly 10c Ak je toto pole zakliknuté, po kliknutí na tlačidlo Nový sa položka v poli S: uloží bez formátovania, grafiky a objektov. Pri použití takejto automatickej náhrady sa použije predvolené formátovanie (znakový štýl), aké bude používať text dokumentu.
2c cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2FAcorReplacePage 68 Umožňuje upraviť tabuľku náhrad pre automatické opravy alebo náhrady slov, znakov alebo skratiek.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnewtext eb Zadajte text, grafiku, rámec, alebo OLE objekt, ktorými chcete nahradiť text v poli Nahradiť. Ak ste označili text, grafiku, rámec, alebo OLE objekt vo vašom dokumente, všetky potrebné informácie sú už v tomto poli zadané.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftabview 1b1 Zobrazuje zoznam pre automatické náhrady slov, znakov alebo skratiek. Pre pridanie novej položky vložte nahrádzaný text do poľa Nahradiť, text náhrady do poľa S: a kliknite na tlačidlo Nový. Pre úpravu existujúcej náhrady označte položku v zozname, zmeňte text v poli S: a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Nahradiť. Pre odstránenie existujúcej náhrady označte položku v zozname a kliknite na tlačidlo Zmazať.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Flang 79 Vyberte jazyk, pre ktorý chcete vytvoriť alebo upraviť položky v tabuľke náhrad a výnimky pre automatické opravy.
2a cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2FAcorExceptPage 5d Určuje, ktoré skratky alebo kombinácie znakov nebude $[officename] automaticky opravovať.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fautodouble 177 Automaticky pridáva skratky zakončené bodkou alebo slová s dvoma začiatočnými veľkými písmenami do príslušného zoznamu výnimiek. Táto funkcia pracuje len v prípade, ak je zakliknutá možnosť Opraviť PRvé DVe veľké písmená alebo možnosť Každé prvé písmeno vety veľkým v stĺpci [T] na záložke Možnosti dialógového okna Automatické opravy.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdoublelist 9f Toto okno obsahuje zoznam slov a skratiek začínajúcich dvoma veľkými písmenami, v ktorých nebude automaticky opravené druhé veľké písmeno na malé.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrev 11a Napíšte skratku zakončenú bodkou a kliknite na tlačidlo Nový. Táto funkcia zabezpečuje, že $[officename] nebude pri zapnutej funkcii "Každé prvé písmeno vety veľkým" automaticky meniť prvé písmeno slova nasledujúceho po bodke na konci skratky na veľké písmeno.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrevlist 6e Táto tabuľka obsahuje zoznam skratiek, po ktorých nebudú automaticky opravené malé písmená na veľké.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fnewdouble 38 Pridá zadanú skratku alebo slovo do zoznamu výnimiek.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdouble 130 Napíšte slovo alebo skratku začínajúcu dvoma veľkými písmenami, v ktorej $[officename] nemá automaticky zmeniť druhé veľké písmeno na malé v prípade zapnutej funkcie "Opraviť PRvé DVe veľké písmená". Zadajte napríklad text "PC", aby $[officename] automaticky nezmenil "PC" na "Pc".
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fenddouble 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultsingle 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fendsingle 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultdouble 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartdouble 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Flist db Vyberte, či sa majú automatické náhrady používať vždy počas písania [T], alebo sa po jednorazovom spustení cez menu "Formát/Automatické opravy/Použiť" majú použiť hromadne v už existujúcom texte [M].
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fsinglereplace 83 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for the given type of quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2FApplyLocalizedPage 72 Specify the AutoCorrect options for quotation marks and for options that are specific to the language of the text.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fchecklist db Vyberte, či sa majú automatické náhrady používať vždy počas písania [T], alebo sa po jednorazovom spustení cez menu "Formát/Automatické opravy/Použiť" majú použiť hromadne v už existujúcom texte [M].
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdoublereplace 83 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for the given type of quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartsingle 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
17 HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fspellmenu%2Fspelldialog 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
11 HID_LINGU_REPLACE 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fspellmenu%2Fadd 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fspellmenu%2Fignoreall 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
12 HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR ad To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
17 HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fentries ed Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fmaxentries 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fdelete 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fappendspace 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fshowastip 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fminwordlen 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fenablewordcomplete 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fcollectwords 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fwhenclosing f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Facceptwith 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2FSmartTagOptionsPage 56 When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fproperties 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fmain 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
d HID_NUM_RESET 5c Removes the numbering or bullets from the current paragraph or from the selected paragraphs.
14 .uno%3AOutlineBullet 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
20 .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDialog 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2Fvalueset 2c Click the bullet style that you want to use.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2FPickBulletPage 38 Displays the different bullet styles that you can apply.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2Fvalueset 2f Click the numbering style that you want to use.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2FPickNumberingPage 3b Displays the different numbering styles that you can apply.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2Fvalueset 2d Click the outline style that you want to use.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2FPickOutlinePage 8e Displays the different styles that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
11 .uno%3ASetOutline 8e Displays the different styles that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Flinkgraphics 6c If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2FPickGraphicPage 4f Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in a bulleted list.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Fvalueset 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fkeepratio 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Forientlb 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbitmap 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbullet 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fstartat 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fnumfmtlb 31 Select a numbering style for the selected levels.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fcharstyle 45 Select the Character Style that you want to use in the numbered list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Flevellb 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fheightmf 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fwidthmf 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fprefix 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsuffix a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fallsame 4f Increases the numbering by one as you go down each level in the list hierarchy.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsublevels dd Enter the number of previous levels to include in the numbering style. For example, if you enter "2" and the previous level uses the "A, B, C..." numbering style, the numbering scheme for the current level becomes: "A.1".
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Findentatmf 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fstandard 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumdistmf 78 Enter the minimum amount of space to leave between the right edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Frelative 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumfollowedbylb 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Falignedatmf 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Flevellb 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumalignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fatmf 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Findentatmf 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Fdelete 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Frun 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2FScriptOrganizerDialog 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fimport 6c Nájdite knižnicu $[officename] Basic, ktorú chcete pridať do aktuálneho zoznamu a kliknite na Otvoriť.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fpassword 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Fedit 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
28 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fedit 54 Otvorí editor $[officename] Basic, v ktorom je možné upraviť vybranú knižnicu.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Frename 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fassign 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
2d modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fdelete 57 Lets you manage the macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
11 HID_BASICIDE_LIBS b2 Vypíše knižnice a moduly v ktorých je možné otvárať a ukladať vaše makrá. Pre uloženie modulu s konkrétnym dokumentom otvorte dokument a potom otvorte tento dialóg.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flocation 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Frun 20 Runs or saves the current macro.
27 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fnew 19 Vytvorí novú knižnicu.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacros 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
3a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacronameedit 57 Zobrazí meno vybraného makra. Pre vytvorenie alebo zmenu mena makra sem zadajte meno.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flibrary 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
31 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fedit 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
2d BASCTL_PUSHBUTTON_RID_MACROCHOOSER_RID_PB_ORG 89 Otvorí dialóg Správca makier, v ktorom je možné pridať, upraviť alebo zmazať existujúce moduly makier, dialógy alebo knižnice.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fdelete 33 Creates a new macro, or deletes the selected macro.
37 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewlibrary 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fnewlibdialog%2FNewLibDialog 1c Enter a name for the script.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Flibrary 27 Vypíše existujúce makrá a dialógy.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Fcreate 15 Creates a new script.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewmodule 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fnewdialog 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fedit 32 Otvorí označené makro alebo dialóg na úpravu.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Forganize 28 Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fnewmodule 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FnewpassEntry 2b Zadajte nové heslo pre vybranú knižnicu.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FPasswordDialog 22 Chráni vybranú knižnicu heslom.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FoldpassEntry 2c Zadajte staré heslo pre vybranú knižnicu.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Freplace 47 Nahradí knižnicu, ktorá má rovnaký názov ako aktuálna knižnica.
3b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2FImportLibDialog 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
2f modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Fref 73 Pridá vybranú knižnicu ako súbor len na čítanie. Knižnica je načítaná pri každom spustení %PRODUCTNAME.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fsavein 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fadd 7d Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevellist 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevelbutton 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2FMenuAssignPage 47 Customizes and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmodify 2f Opens a menu that contains additional commands.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fentries 6c Displays a list of the available menu commands for the selected menu in the current application or document.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmenuedit 29 Opens a submenu with additional commands.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fup 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2Fmenuname 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2FMoveMenuDialog 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Freset 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fsave 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fload 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fkeys 46 Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Foffice 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fchange 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fcategory 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
2c cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2FAccelConfigPage 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fmodule 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
26 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fshortcuts be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Ffunction dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
15 CUI_HID_SVX_DESCFIELD 32 Displays a short description of the given command.
14 CUI_HID_SVX_TEXTONLY 10 Shows text only.
18 CUI_HID_SVX_ICONSANDTEXT 15 Shows icons and text.
1b CUI_HID_SVX_TOPLEVELLISTBOX 24 Select the toolbar you want to edit.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_CONFIG_TOOLBAR 2a Lets you customize $[officename] toolbars.
1c CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR_ITEM 72 Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add to insert the command into the Customize dialog.
13 CUI_HID_SVX_SAVE_IN 49 Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.
15 CUI_HID_SVX_ICONSONLY 11 Shows icons only.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
1b CUI_HID_SVX_UP_TOOLBAR_ITEM 2f Upraví možnosti zvolenej Automatickej opravy.
18 CUI_HID_SVX_REMOVEBUTTON 3a Deletes the selected command without any further question.
1d CUI_HID_SVX_DOWN_TOOLBAR_ITEM 2f Upraví možnosti zvolenej Automatickej opravy.
19 CUI_HID_SVX_ADD_SEPARATOR 39 Inserts a separator line under the current toolbar entry.
17 CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR 70 Opens the Name dialog, where you can enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2Fedit 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
17 CUI_HID_SVX_RESETBUTTON 54 Restores the selected toolbar to its original state after you agree to the question.
1f HID_SVX_CONFIG_TOOLBAR_CONTENTS 5c Displays a list of commands for the selected toolbar of the current application or document.
1f CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR_ITEM 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FIconSelector 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FdeleteButton 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FimportButton 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fdelete 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fmacro 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fdelete 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
1e CUI_HID_MACRO_HEADERTABLISTBOX b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 90 Nastaví možnosti pre automatické nahrádzanie textu počas písania alebo pre hromadné použitie automatických opráv v existujúcom texte.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fevents b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fsavein 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fassignments b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fassign 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fhelp 27 Displays the help page for this dialog.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fopen 4d Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fsave 56 Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
2c filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ffilterlist 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fnew 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fedit 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ftest 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fdelete 44 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
35 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Finterfacename 4d Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
33 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fdescription 1b Enter a comment (optional).
31 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fextension 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
3f filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2FXmlFilterTabPageGeneral 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Ffiltername 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Ftempimport 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltimport 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltexport 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowsetemp 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
4d filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2FXmlFilterTabPageTransformation 31 Enter or edit file information for an XML filter.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fdoc 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE 5f Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
29 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE 59 Opens the XML source of the selected document in your default XML editor after importing.
22 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_XSLT_FILE 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE a0 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is opened in your default XML editor after transformation.
1c HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE 27 Validuje obsah okna Výstup XML Filtra.
1c HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE 12 Closes the dialog.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2FHangulHanjaOptDialog 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BRACKETED 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BELOW 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
3d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
2f SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_PB_FIND 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
34 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANGUL_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
33 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_LB_SUGGESTIONS 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
14 HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD 1f Displays the current selection.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_ABOVE 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_ABOVE 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BRACKETED 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BELOW 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
33 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANJA_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
3d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_SIMPLE_CONVERSION 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fautoreplaceunique 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fnew 4b Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2Fentry 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fshowrecentfirst 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fignorepost 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fedit 57 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2FHangulHanjaAddDialog ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fdelete 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fnew 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fedit1 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fdelete 1b Deletes the selected entry.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fbook 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Foriginal 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 19 Checks spelling manually.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fremove 68 Removes the selected signature from the list. Removes all subsequent signatures as well, in case of PDF.
10 .uno%3ASignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
32 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fsignatures 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fview 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
3f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2FDigitalSignaturesDialog 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
35 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fadescompliant 4e Prefers creating XAdES signatures for ODF and OOXML, PAdES signatures for PDF.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fsign 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
25 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FINSTALL 54 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FDESCRIPTIONS 95 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUPDATE_ALL 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUpdateDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdateinstalldialog%2FUpdateInstallDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 6c Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks like non-breaking space, soft hyphen, and optional break.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP a9 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 94 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 89 Inserts an invisible optional hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
16 SVX_HID_GALLERY_WINDOW 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
19 SVX_HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
e .uno%3AGallery 70 Opens the Gallery deck of the Sidebar, where you can select images and audio clips to insert into your document.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiles 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fadd 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
13 HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 28 Displays a preview of the selected file.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiletype 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffindfiles 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Faddall 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fpreview 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 26 Sets the display properties of a grid.
b .uno%3Axxxx 75 Toggle the visibility of grid points and guide lines to help object moving and precise position in the current sheet.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 5c Zobrazí záchytné čiary pred objektami, ktoré sa nachádzajú na stránke alebo snímku.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 5c Zobrazí záchytné čiary pred objektami, ktoré sa nachádzajú na stránke alebo snímku.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 3a Špecifikuje možnosti na zobrazovanie záchytných čiar.
17 .uno%3AHelplinesVisible 5c Zobrazí záchytné čiary pred objektami, ktoré sa nachádzajú na stránke alebo snímku.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
25 vnd.sun.star.findbar%3AFocusToFindbar 5f Toggle the visibility of the Find toolbar to search for text or navigate a document by element.
e .uno%3ASidebar a4 The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation, and media gallery features.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or audio file into your document.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
21 SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME 1c Continues a paused download.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL 1f Installs the downloaded update.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
26 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fuser 42 Filter extensions only available for the currently logged in user.
2c desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Foptionsbtn 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
2b desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fupdatebtn de Click to check for online updates of all installed extensions. To check for updates of the selected extension only, choose the Update command from the context menu. The check for availability of updates starts immediately.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE 46 Select the extension that you want to disable, and then click Disable.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fshared 3b Filter extensions available for all users of this computer.
2c DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_ENABLE 44 Select the extension that you want to enable, and then click Enable.
2f desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fgetextensions 33 You can find a collection of extensions on the Web.
29 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fbundled a9 Bundled extensions are installed by the system administrator using the operating system specific installer packages. These can not be installed, updated or removed here.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Faddbtn 1e Click Add to add an extension.
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2FExtensionManagerDialog 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
2c desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fextensions 7b Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
34 desktop%2Fui%2Fshowlicensedialog%2FShowLicenseDialog 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
2b desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fremovebtn 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fexpander 33 Po kliknutí prejdete na danú stránku sprievodcu.
26 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FconfirmpassEntry 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm2ed 16 Re-enter the password.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fpass1ed 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FPasswordDialog 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fpass2ed 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm1ed 16 Re-enter the password.
13 SC_HID_PASSWD_TABLE 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
22 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FnewpassEntry 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
27 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
39 uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2FSetMasterPasswordDialog 43 Assign a master password to protect the access to a saved password.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 1d Re-enter the master password.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 55 Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fsafemodedialog%2FSafeModeDialog b0 Safe mode is a mode where %PRODUCTNAME temporarily starts with a fresh user profile and disables hardware acceleration. It helps to restore a non-working %PRODUCTNAME instance.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcontact 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fselect 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablea11y 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablecopy 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeinsdel 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangenone 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcert 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprinthigh 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintlow 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fsetpassword 57 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pracovníkov.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2FPdfSecurityPage 57 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pracovníkov.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopenpdf c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fdefault 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexporturl 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpdfsignpage 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexport 145 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows you to link to those objects by name from other documents.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2FPdfLinksPage 145 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows you to link to those objects by name from other documents.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fwindow 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fdisplay 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fcenter 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fresize 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpassword 60 Enter the password used for protecting the private key associated with the selected certificate.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpdfa ea Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.
2d filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangecomment 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fcomments 44 Select to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Freason 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeany 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopeninternet 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fresolution 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fopen 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fjpegcompress ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Freduceresolution 50 Select to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Flocation 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fsinglelayout 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
1f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Ftsa 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fforms 6e Zvoľte pre vytvorenie PDF formulára. Tento môže byt vyplnený a vytlačený používateľom PDF dokumentu.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblelevel 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fallbookmarks 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fbookmarks ef Select to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Chapter Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fquality 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeform 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fembed 68 This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Flosslesscompress 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Frange 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpages 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fselection 1e Exports the current selection.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Ftoolbar 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2FPdfViewPage 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Ftagged 58 Zapíše do PDF súboru PDF tagy. Toto môže značne zväčšiť veľkosť PDF súboru.
34 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblebookmark 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fall 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fallowdups 9c Allows you to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fmenubar 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Femptypages 191 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fformat 36 Vyberte formát odosielania formulárov z PDF súboru.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpageonly 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Foutline 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fdefaultlayout 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fthumbs 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpage 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitdefault b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwidth 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fconvert d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitvis 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Feffects 4c Select to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintnone 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2FPdfUserInterfacePage 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwin 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontfacinglayout 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
27 FILTER_EDIT_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_ED_PAGES 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontlayout 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffirstonleft 101 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
23 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fcancel 2d Does not allow macros in the document to run.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FalwaysTrustCheckbutton 3d Adds the current macro source to the list of trusted sources.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FviewSignsButton 30 Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.
1f uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fok 25 Allows macros in the document to run.
23 SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FMacroWarnMedium 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2Fdescription 21 Type a purpose for the signature.
30 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2Fviewcert 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
3f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2FSelectCertificateDialog 4f Vyberte certifikát, ktorým chcete elektronicky podpísať aktuálny dokument.
32 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2Fsignatures 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
24 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
1f SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
27 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsadd 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2FDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelslist 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesremove 42 Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesdetails 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
1f svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Ftoolbar 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsbutton 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
20 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fname 18 Vyberte formát súboru.
22 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fmodify d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsedit 21 Renames the selected Xform model.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsremove 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
1d svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Fitems 34 Lists the items that belong to the current instance.
29 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstances 3a This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
22 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesadd 30 Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesedit 39 Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fcalculate 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fdatatype 2b Select the data type for the selected item.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonlycond 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter a default value for the selected item.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequired 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevantcond 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2FAddDataItemDialog 48 Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fname 1b Enter the name of the item.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequiredcond 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevant 1e Declares the item as relevant.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraint 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraintcond 1f Declares the item as read-only.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonly 1f Declares the item as read-only.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
24 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fedit 4f Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
32 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2FAddConditionDialog 5b Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
29 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fcondition 12 Enter a condition.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fdelete 1f Deletes the selected namespace.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fnamespaces 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fedit 1d Edits the selected namespace.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fadd 21 Adds a new namespace to the list.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION 71 Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
24 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
21 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE ac Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES f3 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The semantics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 68 Ak chcete vytlačiť dokument s aktuálnymi nastaveniami tlače, kliknite na ikonu  Tlač súboru priamo
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
a .uno%3APie 1b8 Nakreslí vyplnený tvar, ktorý je definovaný oblúkom oválu a dvomi úsečkami polomeru zo stredu. Keď chcete nakresliť oblúk elipsy, natiahnite ovál do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte prvú úsečku. Potom presuňte ukazovateľ myši na miesto, kde chcete ukončiť druhú úsečku, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na ovál. Keď chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText f6 Nakreslí textové pole so zvislou orientáciou textu. Kliknite do dokumentu a potom napíšte alebo vložte text. Tiež je možné natiahnuť textové pole do požadovanej veľkosti. Je k dispozícii len pri zapnutej podpore ázijských jazykov.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 19e Nakreslí vyplnený tvar, ktorý je definovaný kruhovým oblúkom a jednou úsečkou. Ak chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, natiahnite kruh do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte počiatok úsečky. Potom presuňte kurzor myši na miesto, kde chcete úsečku ukončiť, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na kruh. Ak chcete nakresliť eliptický oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
b .uno%3ALine 69 Nakreslí rovnú úsečku. Na obmedzenie čiary na uhol 45 stupňov, podržte pri ťahaní kláves Shift.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 87 Kliknutím sa otvorí panel Kresba, pomocou ktorého je možné  do aktuálneho dokumentu pridávať útvary, úsečky, text a bubliny.
e .uno%3AEllipse c6 Nakreslí na určené miesto ovál. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete ovál nakresliť  a potom ho ťahajte do požadovanej veľkosti. Ak chcete nakresliť kruh, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee cf Vloží do dokumentu animovaný text s vodorovnou orientáciou. Natiahnite textové pole a potom napíšte alebo vložte do neho text. Na priradenie efektu animácie zvoľte Formát - Text - Animácia textu.
f .uno%3ADrawText b5 Nakreslí textové pole s vodorovnou orientáciou textu. Natiahnite pole do veľkosti, akú potrebujete, a potom napíšte alebo vložte text. Ak chcete otočiť text, otočte pole.
a .uno%3AArc 170 Nakreslí v aktuálnom dokumente oblúk. Ak chcete nakresliť oblúk elipsy, natiahnite ovál do požadovanej veľkosti a potom kliknutím definujte počiatočný bod. Potom presuňte ukazovateľ myši na miesto, kde chcete oblúk ukončiť, a kliknite. Nemusíte kliknúť priamo na ovál. Ak chcete nakresliť kruhový oblúk, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
b .uno%3ARect e1 Nakreslí na určené miesto obdĺžnik. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete umiestniť roh obdĺžniku, a potom ťahajte obdĺžnik do požadovanej veľkosti. Ak chcete nakresliť štvorec, podržte počas ťahania kláves Shift.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 15b Nakreslí čiaru zloženú z postupnosti rovných úsečiek. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete začať, a ťahaním nakreslite úsečku. Kliknutím definujete koniec úsečky a rovnako pokračujte pri určení zostávajúcich častí. Dvojklikom ukončíte kreslenie čiary. Ak chcete vytvoriť uzavretý tvar, dvakrát kliknite na počiatočný bod.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 19f Nakreslí tvar, ktorý je založený na Bézierovej krivke. Kliknite na miesto, kde chcete krivku začať, ťahajte, uvoľnite tlačidlo myši a potom presuňte ukazovateľ na miesto, kde chcete krivku ukončiť, a kliknite. Presunutím ukazovateľa a kliknutím pridáte na krivku rovný úsek. Dvojklikom ukončíte kresbu krivky. Ak chcete vytvoriť uzavretý tvar, dvakrát kliknite na počiatočný bod krivky.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 27 Otvorí panel Viac ovládacích prvkov.
c .uno%3ALabel 22 Vytvorí pole na zobrazenie textu.
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Vytvorí Combo pole.
11 .uno%3APushbutton 13 Vytvorí tlačidlo.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 22 Vytvorí zaškrtávacie políčko.
b .uno%3AEdit 17 Vytvorí textové pole.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 20 Otvorí panel Návrh formulára.
e .uno%3AListBox 13 Creates a list box.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 1c Vytvorí formátované pole.
d .uno%3AConfig 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 1e Vytvorí tlačidlo možností.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 3c Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na formátované pole.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 42 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na ovládacie pole obrázku.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 35 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na pole vzorky.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 36 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na menové pole.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 39 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na číselné pole.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 37 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na časové pole.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 38 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na výber súboru.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 39 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na dátumové pole.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 3f Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na obrázkové tlačidlo.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 37 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na textové pole.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 34 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na označenie.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 87 Otvorí podponuku, kde si je možné vybrať druh ovládacieho prvku, ktorým chcete nahradiť ovládací prvok označený v dokumente.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 36 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na pole zoznamu.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 3e Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na tlačidlo možností.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 33 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na tlačidlo.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 42 Vybraný ovládací prvok sa premení na zaškrtávacie políčko.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshowcoldialog%2FShowColDialog 7e In the Show Columns dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl key to select multiple entries.
10 SID_FM_DELETECOL 1d Odstráni označený stĺpec.
10 SID_FM_INSERTCOL 64 Otvorí podponuku pre výber dátového poľa, ktoré chcete pridať do ovládacieho prvku tabuľky.
10 SID_FM_CHANGECOL 71 Otvorí podponuku na výber dátového poľa, ktorým chcete nahradiť vybrané pole v ovládacom prvku tabuľky.
e SID_FM_HIDECOL 1a Skryje označený stĺpec.
12 SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS 39 Kliknite na Všetko, ak chcete zobraziť všetky stĺpce.
f SID_FM_SHOWCOLS 48 Otvorí podponuku, kde je možné vybrať zobrazenie skrytých stĺpcov.
14 SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE 22 Otvorí dialóg Zobraziť stĺpce.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 46 Otvorí dialóg pre úpravu vlastností vybraného ovládacieho prvku.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION 5d Určuje, či bude posuvný panel či rolovacie tlačidlo orientované zvisle alebo vodorovne.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE e0 Určuje veľkosť posuvníka posuvného panelu v "hodnotových jednotkách". Napr. hodnota ("Max. hodnota posunu" mínus "Min. hodnota posunu") / 2 bude mať za následok posuvník, ktoré zaberie polovicu posuvného panelu.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_FILTERSORT 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_NAVIGATION 54 Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_POSITION 55 Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
13 HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE 47 Zmení veľkosť obrázku, aby zodpovedal veľkosti ovládacieho prvku.
c HID_PROP_TAG 4a Určuje doplňujúce informácie alebo popisný text pre ovládací prvok.
13 HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 31 Umožňuje definovať požadovaný formát času.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT 60 Pre textové polia vyberte kód konca riadku, ktorý sa použije pri zápise textu do databázy.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 45 Určuje maximálnu hodnotu času, ktorú môže používateľ zadať.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMAX 39 Používateľ nemôže zadať vyšší dátum než tento.
17 HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 5e Definuje zoznam položiek viditeľných v dokumente. Otvorte tento zoznam a zadajte svoj text.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT 43 Určuje intervaly pre zvýšenie a zníženie hodnoty číselníku.
11 HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 4f Umožňuje zadať pomocný text, ktorý sa zobrazí ako tip ovládacieho prvku.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 4f Definuje hodnotu ovládacieho prvku, ktorú používateľ nemôže prekročiť.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISUALEFFECT 65 Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.
12 HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 65 Vlastnosť Obrázky určuje cestu a názov súboru s obrázkom, ktorý chcete zobraziť na tlačidle.
15 HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 4b Ak je aktívny presný formát (Áno), prijímané sú len povolené znaky.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
11 HID_PROP_EDITMASK 61 Definuje vstupnú masku. Zadaním masky určíte, čo môže používateľ do tohto poľa zadať.
12 HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 1f Určuje intervaly číselníku.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK 5a Ak je táto voľba nastavená na "Áno", tlačidlo získa zameranie, keď naňho kliknete.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ICONSIZE 52 Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation Bar should be small or large.
13 HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 46 Definuje maximálny počet znakov, ktoré môže používateľ zadať.
18 HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 2a Nastaví farbu pozadia ovládacieho prvku.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTILINE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
11 HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 3b Určuje, či sa combo pole má stránkovať dole alebo nie.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
19 HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 4b Určuje, či sa symbol meny v menovom poli zobrazí pred alebo za číslom.
e HID_PROP_WIDTH 37 Nastavenie šírky stĺpca v ovládacom prvku tabuľky.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR 4c Určuje farbu symbolov na ovládacom prvku, napr. šípok posuvného panelu.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_RECORDACTIONS 50 Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
15 HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 2f Priradí combo poľu automatické vyplňovanie.
10 HID_PROP_ENABLED 6b Ak je vlastnosť "Povolené" nastavená na (Áno), používateľ môže tento ovládací prvok používať.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT 74 Určuje hodnotu, ktorá sa pričíta alebo odčíta, keď používateľ klikne vedľa posuvníka na posuvnom paneli.
15 HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 30 Určuje zdroj pre označenie ovládacieho prvku.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT 22 Defines the height of the control.
10 HID_PROP_HSCROLL 29 Pridá k textovému poľu posuvný panel.
13 HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 4e Vlastnosť Činnosť určuje, aká činnosť nastane pri aktivácii tlačidla.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
f HID_PROP_REPEAT 9b Určuje, či sa má opakovať akcia ovládacieho prvku, ak naňho kliknete a držíte tlačidlo myši (napr. pre rolovacie tlačidlo alebo posuvný panel).
11 HID_PROP_TABINDEX 70 Vlastnosť Poradie aktivácie určuje poradie, v akom sa aktivujú ovládacie prvky pri stlačení klávesu Tab.
15 HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY 41 Určuje pozdržanie v milisekundách medzi opakovaním udalostí.
15 HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 50 Umožňuje zadať hodnotu, ktorá bude pridaná ku skrytému ovládaciemu prvku.
12 HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 32 Určuje, či sa má toto ovládacie pole tlačiť.
15 HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 70 Určuje, či sa má prvý stĺpec zobraziť so štítkami riadkov, kde je aktuálny záznam označený šípkou.
13 HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 34 Zadajte požadovaný formát pre zobrazenie dátumu.
18 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_CHECKED 53 Určuje, či je táto možnosť alebo zaškrtávacie políčko implicitne zapnuté.
14 HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 75 Definuje znakovú masku. Znaková maska obsahuje východzie hodnoty a je viditeľná vždy po načítaní formulára.
17 HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 34 Umožňuje vybrať viac než jednu položku zoznamu.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH 21 Defines the width of the control.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXTTYPE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE 122 Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
f HID_PROP_BORDER 4f Určuje, či sa má okraj poľa zobraziť "Bez rámca", v "3D" alebo "Plochý".
29 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDEINACTIVESELECTION 6c Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when a the focus is no longer on a control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDERCOLOR 54 Specifies the border color for controls that have the Border property set to "flat".
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 1b Nastaví východzí dátum.
11 HID_PROP_TRISTATE 73 Určuje, či môže zaškrtávacie políčko reprezentovať okrem hodnôt PRAVDA a NEPRAVDA naviac hodnotu NULOVÉ.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMIN 3f Určuje najnižší dátum, ktorý môže používateľ zadať.
10 HID_PROP_HELPURL 5e Určuje URL odkaz na dokument pomocníka, ktorý sa zobrazí ako pomocník ovládacieho prvku.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 76 Umožňuje určiť najnižšiu možnú hodnotu poľa. To znamená, že používateľ nemôže zadať nižšiu hodnotu.
1b HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 45 Určuje položky poľa zoznamu, ktoré sa majú implicitne označiť.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 3d Určuje najnižší čas, ktorý môže používateľ zadať.
12 HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 33 Určuje výšku riadku v ovládacom prvku tabuľky.
19 HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 41 Určuje počet číslic zobrazených v desatinnej časti čísla.
d HID_PROP_NAME 78 Na záložke Vlastnosti určuje názov ovládacieho prvku. Na záložke Vlastnosti formulára určuje názov formulára.
11 HID_PROP_READONLY 55 Určuje, či je ovládací prvok len na čítanie (Áno) alebo sa dá upraviť (Nie).
19 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 2f Nastaví východziu hodnotu ovládacieho prvku.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX 2e Určuje maximálnu hodnotu pre posuvný panel.
1c HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE 2f Nastaví východziu hodnotu pre posuvný panel.
15 HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 72 Určuje cieľový rámec, v ktorom sa zobrazí dokument otvorený z ponuky "Otvoriť dokument / webovú stránku".
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN 2e Určuje minimálnu hodnotu pre posuvný panel.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT 6c Určuje hodnotu, ktorá sa pričíta alebo odčíta, keď používateľ klikne na šípku posuvného panelu.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 19 Nastaví východzí čas.
12 HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXT 37 Nastaví východzí text pre textové alebo combo pole.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK 24 Displays text on more than one line.
16 HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 60 Určuje, či sa pri spodnom ohraničení ovládacieho prvku tabuľky zobrazí navigačný panel.
17 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 64 Vlastnosť Východzie tlačidlo určuje, ktoré tlačidlo sa použije pri stlačení klávesu Enter.
d HID_PROP_SPIN 65 Možnosť "Áno" zmení ovládací prvok na rolovacie tlačidlo a pridajú sa zodpovedajúce šípky.
10 HID_PROP_TABSTOP 62 Vlastnosť Krok tabulátora určuje, či je možné ovládací prvok vybrať pomocou klávesa Tab.
18 HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 1d Vloží oddeľovač tisícok.
12 HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR 96 Ak textové pole bude použité k zadávaniu hesla, zadajte ASCII kód zobrazovaného znaku. Zobrazí sa namiesto znakov zadávaných používateľom.
e HID_PROP_LABEL 4f Vlastnosť Popisné pole nastavuje označenie ovládacieho prvku vo formulári.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
13 HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 70 Určuje URL adresu, ktorá bude otvorená po kliknutí na tlačidlo typu "Otvoriť dokument / webovú stránku".
e HID_PROP_ALIGN 48 Určuje zarovnanie pre text alebo obrázok použitý v ovládacom prvku.
47 modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Flabelselectiondialog%2FLabelSelectionDialog 75 Zaškrtnutím políčka Žiadne priradenie odstránite prepojenie medzi ovládacím prvkom a priradeným označením.
17 HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 36 Umožňuje zadať znak alebo reťazec pre symbol meny.
12 HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 65 Určuje formátovací kód pre ovládací prvok. Kliknutím na tlačidlo ... je možné kód vybrať.
d HID_PROP_FONT 2b Vyberte písmo pre text v ovládacom prvku.
18 HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE 5e Zadajte rozsah buniek zo zošitu, ktoré obsahujú položky pre pole zoznamu alebo combo pole.
1b HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE 39 Určuje režim prepojenia poľa zoznamu s bunkou zošitu.
13 HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL 6d Určuje odkaz na prepojenú bunku v zošite. Prepojí sa stav alebo obsah ovládacieho prvku s obsahom bunky.
16 HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
17 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 39 Určuje dáta pre vyplnenie polí zoznamov a combo polí.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE 12f Zaškrtávacie políčka a prepínače v zošitoch je možné prepojiť s bunkami v aktuálnom dokumente. Ak je ovládací prvok zapnutý, skopíruje sa do bunky hodnota z Referenčnej hodnoty (zapnutá). Ak je ovládací prvok vypnutý, skopíruje sa do bunky hodnota z Referenčnej hodnoty (vypnutá).
17 HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL fc Pri návrhu formulára je možné v dialógu Vlastnosti formulára na záložke Dáta nastaviť textovým poliam vlastnosť "Filter". V režime filtru si potom je možné pri hľadaní vybrať zo všetkých informácií obsiahnutých v týchto poliach.
16 HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 4f Určuje pole v tabuľke zdroja dát, na ktoré odkazuje tento ovládací prvok.
11 HID_PROP_REFVALUE e6 Umožňuje zadať referenčnú hodnotu pre webové formuláre, ktorá sa odovzdá serveru pri odoslaní formulára. V databázových formulároch sa zadaná hodnota zapíše do databázového poľa priradeného ovládaciemu prvku.
14 HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN 8e Pomocou indexu určíte pole tabuľky alebo SQL dotazu, ktoré sa spojí s poľom určeným v Dátové pole. Platné hodnoty sú 1, 2, 3 atď.
13 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE c6 V databázových formulároch určuje zdroj dát zoznam položiek pre ovládací prvok. Toto pole je možné použiť pre zadanie zoznamu hodnôt do dokumentov, ktoré nie sú spojené s databázou.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED 6f The Mouse button pressed event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
15 HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED 71 The Mouse button released event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
10 HID_EVT_KEYTYPED 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
17 HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
1e HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
f HID_EVT_CHANGED 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
13 HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
13 HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED 53 Udalosť Text zmenený nastane, keď zadáte alebo upravíte text vo vstupnom poli.
12 HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED 41 The Mouse moved event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.
11 HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST 4b The When losing focus event takes place if a control field loses the focus.
18 HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
d HID_EVT_KEYUP 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
13 HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
18 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
16 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 3f Upresní metódu prenosu informácií z vyplneného formulára.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
12 HID_EVT_POSITIONED 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
11 HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
15 HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
10 HID_EVT_UNLOADED 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
10 HID_EVT_RELOADED 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
17 HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
11 HID_EVT_UNLOADING 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
13 HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
11 HID_EVT_SUBMITTED 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
15 HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
10 HID_EVT_RESETTED 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
13 HID_EVT_POSITIONING 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
e HID_EVT_LOADED 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
11 HID_EVT_RELOADING 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
14 HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 27 Determines if the data can be modified.
13 HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
14 HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 20 Determines if data can be added.
e HID_PROP_CYCLE 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
12 HID_PROP_DATAENTRY 70 Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).
15 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 26 Determines if the data can be deleted.
13 HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
19 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
1a HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
15 HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
18 HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA 8c Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.
16 HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
2a modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FupB 5c Click the Move Up button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FautoB 6f Click the Automatic Sort button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FdownB 5d Click the Move Down button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
2f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FCTRLtree 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
d HID_FIELD_SEL 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
12 HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
a SID_FM_NEW 6f Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.
d SID_FM_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
14 SID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT 1c Renames the selected object.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
f SID_FM_NEW_FORM 23 Creates a new form in the document.
11 SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Ftable 1c Specifies the desired table.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Fdatasource 3a Specifies the data source that contains the desired table.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontentfieldpage%2Fselectfield 3f Displays the data fields that are accepted into the form field.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontenttablepage%2Ftable 76 In the Table field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.
3e DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD 4a Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes.
3e DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD 3d Displays all table fields chosen on the previous Wizard page.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Flisttable 5b Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Fvaluefield 5d Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 7a Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 6d Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.
42 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 4b Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 67 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
15 SVX_HID_STYLE_LISTBOX 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
16 .uno%3AStyleApplyState 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 47 Umožňuje vybrať názov písma zo zoznamu alebo zadať názov priamo.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 45 Umožňuje vybrať velkosť písma zo zeznamu alebo ju zadať ručne.
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRigh 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBotto 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent 92 Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent 90 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 155 Použije aktuálnu farbu zvýraznenia na pozadie označeného textu. Pokiaľ nie je označený text, kliknite na ikonu  Zvýraznenie , označte text, ktorý chcete zvýrazniť, a potom znovu kliknite na ikonu  Zvýraznenie . Ak chcete zmeniť farbu zvýraznenia, kliknite na šípku vedľa ikony  Zvýraznenie  a potom na požadovanú farbu.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 60 Otvorí panel nástrojov, ktorý obsahuje funkcie na optimalizáciu riadkov a stĺpcov tabuľky.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 1c Rotates the selected object.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
e .uno%3AOpenURL 9f Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
1c HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 3d Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.
b .uno%3AStop 5e Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 58 Exportuje aktuálny dokument priamo do PDF bez zobrazenia dialógového okna nastavení.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN 21 Closes the dialog without saving.
14 HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN 22 Applies the data to your document.
17 HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
16 .uno%3AHyperlinkDialog 3e Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
1c .uno%3ACopyHyperlinkLocation 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
16 .uno%3ARemoveHyperlink 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Flinktyp_internet 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fapply 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2FTreeListBox 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fpassword 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fanonymous 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fclose 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_INET_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Flogin 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Flinktyp_ftp 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fsubject 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fadressbook 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Furl 45 Specifies the URL, which results from the entries in Path and Target.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fbrowse 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Ftarget 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Ffileopen 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2FHyperlinkDocPage a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
19 CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_DOC_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Ftypes 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fcreate 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fpath 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Feditnow 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Feditlater 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 18 Zatvorí aktuálne okno.
16 .uno%3ADSBAdministrate b3 Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialog box.
10 .uno%3ADSBEditDB 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
19 .uno%3ADSBCloseConnection 68 Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialog box.
f .uno%3ASortDown 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
1f HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW 6b Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.
e .uno%3ARefresh 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableformat 7e Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Frowonly 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ffromdatabase 1d Accepts the database formats.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallleft 3e Removes all database fields from the Table column(s) list box.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftabledbcols 42 Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fcolumnname 5a Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallright 43 Moves all listed database fields into the Table column(s) list box.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fnumformat 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastable 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftablecols 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableheading 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneright 44 Moves the selected database field into the Table column(s) list box.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fautoformat 79 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneleft 45 Removes the selected database field from the Table column(s) list box
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftextview 9f Lists the database columns that you selected to be inserted into the document. You can also enter text here. This text will be also inserted into the document.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftoedit 5d Moves the fields that you selected in the Database columns list box into the selection field.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fparastyle 73 This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fasfields 4f Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftabletxtcols 47 Select the database columns that you want to insert it in the document.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastext 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue1 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval3 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval1 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval2 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue2 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fconnect2 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue3 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2FQueryFilterDialog 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield2 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop2 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fconnect1 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield2 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2FStandardFilterDialog 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop3 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield1 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield1 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 3a Specifies the sort order (either ascending or descending).
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FpbSearchAgain 1d Starts or cancels the search.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbRegular 22 Searches with regular expressions.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbStartOver 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbBackwards 63 Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbWildCard 27 Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbPosition 45 Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.
21 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2Fclose 5d Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSingleField 28 Searches through a specified data field.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbUseFormat 57 Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForText 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbCase 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbForm 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNull 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNotNull 36 Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbAllFields 1c Searches through all fields.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 3f Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fclose 1d Closes the Add Tables dialog.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fadd 25 Inserts the currently selected table.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftablelist 1b Lists the available tables.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fqueries 13 Shows only queries.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftables 12 Shows only tables.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 36 Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 5c Displays the "Function" row in the lower part of the design view of the Query Design window.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 3f Displays the "Table" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 3f Displays the "Alias" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 66 Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 30 Umožní výber objektov v aktuálnom dokumente.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
11 SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 36 Here you can switch between different selection modes.
10 SID_MODIFYSTATUS 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 1a Displays the current time.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 1a Displays the current date.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fedges 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fheight 2b Defines the height of the individual tiles.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Fvalue 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Finvert 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2Fvalue 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fwidth 2a Defines the width of the individual tiles.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 71 This icon on the Image bar opens the Image Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2Fvalue 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 68 Otvorí lištu nástrojov Základné útvary, ktorú možno použiť na vkladanie útvarov do dokumentu.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 68 Otvorí lištu nástrojov Základné útvary, ktorú možno použiť na vkladanie útvarov do dokumentu.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 68 Otvorí lištu nástrojov Základné útvary, ktorú možno použiť na vkladanie útvarov do dokumentu.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4b With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 68 Otvorí lištu nástrojov Základné útvary, ktorú možno použiť na vkladanie útvarov do dokumentu.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 81 Opens the Fontwork dialog from which you can insert styled text not possible through standard font formatting into your document.
e .uno%3ADBLimit 4b Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query by the LIMIT X clause
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 9b Najskôr označte text alebo objekt a potom kliknite na túto ikonu. Následným kliknutím na iný text nebo iný objekt vložíte rovnaké formátovanie.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fnondistinct 21 Not use distinct values in query.
3d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2FQueryPropertiesDialog 1d Use distinct values in query.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fdistinct 1d Use distinct values in query.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 68 Otvorí lištu nástrojov Základné útvary, ktorú možno použiť na vkladanie útvarov do dokumentu.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 68 Otvorí lištu nástrojov Základné útvary, ktorú možno použiť na vkladanie útvarov do dokumentu.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD 1e Moves forward to the next page
1e HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS 20 Adds this page to your bookmarks
1d HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD 1f Moves back to the previous page
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX 23 Hides and shows the navigation pane
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START 31 Moves to the first page of the current Help topic
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Factive 5d The list box located at the very top is where you can select other %PRODUCTNAME Help modules.
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT 17 Prints the current page
1e sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwrap 4e Searches the entire Help page, starting at the current position of the cursor.
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
10 HID_HELP_TOOLBOX 48 The Toolbar contains important functions for controlling the Help system
21 HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG 23 Opens the Find on this page dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fmatchcase 38 Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearchterm 4e Enter the text that you want to search for or select a text entry in the list.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fbackwards 3b Searches backwards from the current position of the cursor.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearch 2d Finds the next occurrence of the search term.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwholewords 1a Finds complete words only.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Ftabcontrol 62 The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages Contents, Index, Find and Bookmarks.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2Fdisplay 24 Click to display the selected topic.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2FHelpIndexPage 45 Double-click an entry or type the word you want to find in the index.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fheadings 4a Specifies whether to only search in document headings for the search term.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fcompletewords 6c Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fresults 6a Lists the headings of the pages found in your full-text search. To display a page, double-click its entry.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fdisplay 28 Displays the entry selected in the list.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fsearch 3d Enter the search term here. The search is not case-sensitive.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Ffind 3b Click to start a full-text search for the term you entered.
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE 1d deletes the bookmark selected
17 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 22 displays the selected help subject
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME 39 opens a dialog for entering another name for the bookmark
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fbookmarkdialog%2FBookmarkDialog 58 Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpbookmarkpage%2FHelpBookmarkPage 7c Double-clicking a bookmark or pressing the Return key opens the assigned page in Help. A right-click opens the context menu.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontentpage%2FHelpContentPage 56 Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 1d Otvorí okno Farba vysunutia.
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 14 Otvorí okno Povrch.
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 18 Otvorí okno Osvetlenie.
1a SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL d Zvoľte smer.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 1c Otvorí okno Smer vysunutia.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 37 Nakloní vybraný objekt smerom nadol o päť stupňov.
38 svx%2Fui%2Fextrustiondepthdialog%2FExtrustionDepthDialog 19 Zadajte hĺbku vysunutia.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 3f Zapne alebo vypne používanie 3D efektov pre vybrané objekty.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 37 Nakloní vybraný objekt smerom nahor o päť stupňov.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 31 Nakloní vybraný objekt vľavo o päť stupňov.
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 31 Nakloní vybraný objekt vpravo o päť stupňov.
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 1e Otvorí okno Hĺbka vysunutia.
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 67 Prevedú vás vytvorením pracovných a osobných listov, faxov, programov, prezentácií a ďalších.
14 HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE 73 V závislosti na vašich voľbách sprievodca vytvorí novú šablónu dokumentu a uloží ju na váš pevný disk.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT 3f Uloží aktuálne nastavenia a pokračuje na ďalšiu stránku.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 2e Spustí sprievodcu a vytvorí šablónu listu.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK 39 Umožnia vám zobraziť voľby predchádzajúcich krokov.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 2a Vyberte vzhľad pre vašu šablónu listu.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER 97 Spresnite, či použitý papier obsahuje logo, adresu alebo pätu stránky. Sprievodca zobrazí vzhľad hlavičkového papiera na nasledujúcej strane.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER 2d Spresnite, či chcete vytvoriť osobný list.
20 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER 37 Spresnite, či chcete vytvoriť formálny osobný list.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE1 3c Spresnite či chcete vytvoriť osobný alebo pracovný list.
1c HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER 3c Spresnite, či chcete vytvoriť šablónu pracovného listu.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT 7f Zadajte výšku oblasti päty, ktorá je už predtlačená na hlavičkovom papieri. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť túto oblasť.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER 64 Určuje, či je už na hlavičkovom papieri predtlačená päta. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť pätu.
21 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS 66 Určuje, či je na hlavičkovom papieri už predtlačená adresa. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť adresu.
1e HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO 5f Spresnite, či je na hlavičkovom papieri už predtlačené logo. %PRODUCTNAME netlačiť logo.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT 18 Určuje výšku objektu.
17 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH 18 Určuje šírku objektu.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE2 4f Umožňuje určiť prvky, ktoré sú už predtlačené na hlavičkovom papieri.
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX 3b Nastavuje vzdialenosť objektu od ľavého okraja stránky.
1d HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER 6a Určuje, či je už vaša adresa predtlačená nad adresou adresáta. %PRODUCTNAME nebude tlačiť adresu.
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY 3b Nastavuje vzdialenosť objektu od horného okraja stránky.
17 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER 1f Šablóna listu obsahuje pätu.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING 4e Obsahuje zdvorilostné zakončenie v šablóne listu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS 29 Obsahuje značky ohybu v šablóne listu.
15 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO 20 Obsahuje logo v šablóne listu.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE3 41 Určuje položky, ktoré majú byť zahrnuté do šablóny listu.
16 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS 3e Obsahuje riadok s odkazom na pracovný list v šablóne listu.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION 43 Obsahuje oslovenie v šablóne listu. Vyberte oslovenie zo zoznamu.
20 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER 40 Obsahuje   spiatočnú adresu malej veľkosti v šablóne listu.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT 2b Obsahuje riadok predmetu v šablóne listu.
1e HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 37 Do šablóny listu sa vložia polia z databázy adries.
21 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 3a Určuje, či šablóna listu obsahuje pole pre vlastníka.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE4 3b Spresňuje informácie o odosielateľovi a prijímateľovi.
1f HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 4d Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialog box.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET 1c Určuje ulicu odosielateľa.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE 41 Použiť informácie o adrese z následujúcich textových polí.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME 1b Určuje meno odosielateľa.
1c HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 1d Určuje adresu odosielateľa.
1f HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 28 Šablóna listu obsahuje čísla strán.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 1d Skryť pätu na prvej strane.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE5 43 Určuje informácie, ktoré majú byť zahrnuté v priestore päty.
14 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER 17 Vložte text pre pätu.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES 3f Uloží šablónu a ponechá ju otvorenú pre ďalšie úpravy.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER 5e Uložiť a zavrieť šablónu a otvoriť nový nepomenovaný dokument založený na šablóne.
12 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH 5f Zadajte cestu a meno šablóny alebo kliknite na tlačidlo ... pre výber mena cesty k súboru.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE6 42 Určuje kde a pod akým menom bude dokument a šablóna uložená.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME 23 Určuje názov šablóny dokumentu.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE b2 Podľa zvolených nastavení sprievodca vytvorí šablónu dokumentu a uloží ju. Na pracovnej ploche sa objaví nový dokument založený na šablóne s názvom "Bez názvu X".
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT 80 Sprievodca uloží aktuálne nastavenia a prejde na ďalšiu stranu. Tlačidlo Ďalšia sa stane na poslednej strane neaktívne.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 1c Otvorí sprievodcu pre faxy.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK d6 Pre zobrazenie zvolených nastavení z predchádzajúcej strany kliknite na tlačidlo Späť. Aktuálne nastavenia ostanú po kliknutí na toto tlačidlo nezmenené. Tlačidlo Späť bude aktívne od druhej strany.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 1f Určuje preddefinovaný štýl.
23 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 1f Určuje preddefinovaný štýl.
d HID_FAX_PAGE1 2c Definuje štýl vášho faxového dokumentu.
20 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX 2b Vytvára šablónu faxu pre súkromný fax.
21 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX 37 Vytvára šablónu faxu pre pracovne štylizovaný fax.
17 WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
1a WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
19 WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
1c WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION 2c Vloží pozdrav. Vyberte pozdrav zo zoznamu.
16 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSELOGO 1b Obsahuje logo spoločnosti.
18 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER e Vloží pätu.
16 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEDATE 18 Obsahuje pole na dátum.
23 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSECOMMUNICATIONTYPE 3d Vloží riadok komunikačného typu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
d HID_FAX_PAGE2 32 Určuje, ktoré prvky faxu majú byť vytlačené.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LSTCOMMUNICATIONTYPE 3d Vloží riadok komunikačného typu. Vyberte text zo zoznamu.
19 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT 18 Vloží riadok predmetu.
1f WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 57 Vloží databázové polia, ktoré sa použijú neskôr pri hromadnej korešpondencií.
22 WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 83 Vloží do šablóny faxu zástupné pole pre adresu. Neskôr v dokumentu kliknite na zástupné pole a zadajte skutočné hodnoty.
18 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
1a WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
20 WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 83 Vloží do šablóny faxu zástupné pole pre adresu. Neskôr v dokumentu kliknite na zástupné pole a zadajte skutočné hodnoty.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
1b WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE 7a Vyberte, ak chcete zadať adresu do následujúcich textových polí. Údaje sa do fax dokumentu vložia ako bežný text.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
d HID_FAX_PAGE3 27 Určuje príjemcu a odosielateľa faxu.
1d WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 1d Vložte adresu odosielateľa.
20 WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 21 Vytlačí čísla strán v päte.
1e WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 41 Skryť pätu na prvej strane vo viac stranových fax dokumentoch.
d HID_FAX_PAGE4 16 Určuje dáta v päte.
15 WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER 2f Určuje text, ktorý sa má vytlačiť v päte.
1a WIZARDS_HID_OPTMAKECHANGES 4d Vytvorí a uloží šablónu fax, potom otvorí šablónu k ďalšej úprave.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_CMDPATH 4e Kliknite pre vloženie alebo výber celej cesty, vrátane mena šablóny faxu.
d HID_FAX_PAGE5 26 Definuje meno a umiestnenie šablóny.
18 WIZARDS_HID_OPTCREATEFAX 53 Vytvorí a uloží fax, potom otvorí nový dokument založený na tejto šablóne.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME 1c Vložte meno šablóny faxu.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 44 Spustí sprievodcu, ktorý vám pomôže vytvoriť šablónu porady.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE1 22 Určuje vzhľad strany pre poradu.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES 4b Vytlačí stranu, na ktorej si môžete robiť poznámky v priebehu porady.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN 24 Zo zoznamu vyberte vzhľad stránky.
20 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_LOCATION 26 Specifies the location of the meeting.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE 1a Určuje nadpis stretnutia.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE2 31 Určuje dátum, čas, názov a miesto stretnutia.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TIME 22 Specifies the time of the meeting.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_DATE 22 Specifies the date of the meeting.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES 30 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok Poznámky.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING 32 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok Prineste si.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE3 35 Určuje záhlavia, ktoré chcete zahrnúť do porady.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ 38 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok prosím čítajte.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE 35 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok typ stretnutia.
27 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS 58 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno účastníkov.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS 59 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pozorovateľov.
22 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER 56 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno moderátora.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE4 36 Určuje mená, ktoré majú byť vytlačené v porade.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR 5f Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno predsedajúcej osoby.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER 58 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno zapisovateľa.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY 67 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno osoby, ktorá poradu zvolala.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES 57 Určuje, či sa má vytlačiť riadok, do ktorého môžete vložiť meno pracovníkov.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN 2b Presunie nižšie aktuálnu tému programu.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1 57 Zadajte témy programu. Pre zmenu poradia tém programu použite tlačidla Hore a Dole.
1a WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP 2c Posunie vyššie aktuálnu tému programu ..
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT 36 Vloží prázdny riadok pre tému za aktuálny riadok.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE 23 Odstráni aktuálnu tému programu.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE5 46 Určuje témy programu, ktoré sa majú v šablóne porady vytlačiť.
25 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1 57 Zadajte témy programu. Pre zmenu poradia tém programu použite tlačidla Hore a Dole.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1 57 Zadajte témy programu. Pre zmenu poradia tém programu použite tlačidla Hore a Dole.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES 52 Vytvorí a uloží šablónu porady, potom otvorí šablónu pre ďalšie úpravy.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH 40 Určuje úplnú cestu, vrátane názvu súboru šablóny porady.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA 70 Vytvorí a uloží šablónu porady, potom otvorí nový dokument programu porady založený na tejto šablóne.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH 40 Určuje úplnú cestu, vrátane názvu súboru šablóny porady.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE6 32 Vyberte nadpis a umiestnenie pre šablónu porady.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME 1e Určuje meno šablóny porady.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH 44 Kliknutím vytvoríte formulár bez zodpovedania ďalších otázok.
12 HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG 2b Aktivuje sprievodcu pre tvorbu formulárov.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEFIELDDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVE_PK_SELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
17 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDS 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_LBTABLES 42 Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDS 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEFIELDUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
19 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSSELECTED 2d Displays the fields that are in the new form.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN 36 Pre presunutie vybraného poľa nižšie kliknite sem.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP 2b Pre presunutie poľa vyššie kliknite sem.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM 23 Vyberte pre pridanie podformulára.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY 4a Kliknite pre pridanie podformulára založeného na ručnom výbere polí.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS 37 Vyberte reláciu, na ktorej je podformulár založený.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION 4b Kliknite pre pridanie podformulára založeného na existujúcej relácií.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED 45 Zobrazí všetky polia, ktoré budú zahrnuté v novom podformulári.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES 46 Určuje tabuľku alebo dotaz, pre ktorý bude podformulár vytvorený.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2 72 Vyberte pole podformulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom hlavného formulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3 72 Vyberte pole hlavného formulára, ktoré bude spojené s poľom podformulára vybraného z vedľajšieho zoznamu.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED2 2a Zarovná popisky nad zodpovedajúce dáta.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE2 25 Zarovná polia databázy do tabuľky.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED2 3e Zarovná polia databázy do stĺpcov pričom popisky sú hore.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED2 40 Zarovná polia databázy do stĺpcov pričom popisky sú vľavo.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT 1d The labels are right-aligned.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT 1c The labels are left-aligned.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED 51 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED 47 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE 2d Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED 31 Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION 23 Vyberte pre zákaz mazania údajov.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION 22 Vyberte pre zákaz úprav údajov.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION 2f Vyberte pre zákaz pridávania nových údajov.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY 4f Vytvorí formulár, ktorý sa bude používať len pre zadávanie nových dát.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA 72 Vytvorí formulár, ktorý sa bude používať na zobrazovanie existujúcich údajov ako aj na zadávanie nových.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER 30 Určuje, že okraje polí majú plochý vzhľad.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER 2b Určuje, že okraje polí majú 3D vzhľad.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES 21 Určuje štýl strany formulára.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER 22 Určuje, že polia nemajú okraje.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM 37 Uloží formulár a otvorí ho pre úpravy rozvrhnutia.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH 1a Určuje názov formulára.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM 5f Uloží formulár a otvorí ho ako formulárový dokument pre vkladanie a zobrazovanie údajov.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG 1b Vyberte vlastnosti správy.
1b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilot 2a Activates the wizard for creating reports.
1c HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL 41 Kliknutím  presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE 4a Displays the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL 41 Kliknutím  presuniete všetky polia do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES 41 Vyberte tabuľku alebo dotaz, pre ktorý bude správa vytvorená.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED 41 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED 32 Zobrazí všetky polia zahrnuté do novej správy.
21 HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED 41 Kliknutím  presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6 8d Zobrazuje názvy polí zahrnutých do správy. Pre každé pole, ktoré bude vytlačené v správe, je možné vpravo od neho vložiť popis.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP 40 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP 40 Kliknutím presuniete vybrané pole do poľa, kam mieri šípka.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING d5 Zobrazí zoznam polí vybraných na predchádzajúcej strane sprievodcu. Pre zoskupenie správ podľa poľa vyberte názov poľa v zozname a kliknite na tlačidlo >. Môžete vybrať až štyri úrovne zoskupení.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST c2 Zobrazí polia, podľa ktorých bude správa zoskupená. Pre odobratie jednej úrovne zoskupenia vyberte názov poľa a kliknite na tlačidlo <. Je možné vybrať až štyri úrovne zoskupenia.
1b HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4 1d Zoradí obsah polí zostupne.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4 1e Zoradí obsah polí vzostupne.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1 3d Vyberte prvé pole, podľa ktorého sa bude správa zoradiť.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4 43 Vyberte dodatočné pole, podľa ktorého sa bude správa zoradiť.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT 31 Zvolí orientáciu strany pre správu na výšku.
19 HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE 31 Zvolí orientáciu strany pre správu na šírku.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT 63 Definuje súbor štýlov pre správu. Štýly priraďujú písmo, odsadenie, pozadie tabuľky atď.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT 90 Definuje vzhľad strany pre správu. Vzhľady strán sú načítané zo súborov šablón, ktoré priraďujú záhlavie, pätu a pozadie strany.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE 2d Kliknutím na Dokončiť, sa správa uloží.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE 54 Kliknutím na Dokončiť, sa správa uloží a následne bude otvorená pre úpravy.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE 64 Uloží správu ako šablónu. Keď otvoríte dynamickú správu, budú zobrazené aktuálne údaje.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE 4b Určuje titulok, ktorý bude vytlačený na titulnom riadku každej strany.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT 7c Uloží správu ako statickú. Keď otvoríte takúto správu, vždy sa zobrazia údaje, z ktorých bola správa vytvorená.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnextPageButton 39 Uloží aktuálne nastavenia a prejde na ďalšiu stranu.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlastPageButton 3b Návrat na možnosti vykonané na predchádzajúcej strane.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdelDesingButton 25 Odstráni vybraný návrh zo zoznamu.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdesignsTreeview 25 Zobrazí všetky existujúce návrhy.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnewDesignRadiobutton 35 Vytvoriť nový návrh na ďalšej strane sprievodcu.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FoldDesignRadiobutton 82 Zo zoznamu načíta existujúci návrh pre použitie ako počiatočný stav pre ďalšie kroky na ďalších stranách sprievodcu.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FASPRadiobutton a3 Ak vyberiete možnosť ASP, export pre WebCast vytvorí stránky ASP. HTML prezentácia môže byť potom umiestená len na serveri podporujúcom technológiu ASP.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwebCastRadiobutton 61 V exporte pro WebCast budú vygenerované automatické skripty s podporou jazykov Perl alebo ASP.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdurationSpinbutton 3e Určuje čas, počas ktorého bude každý snímok zobrazený.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FperlRadiobutton 4f Použite export pre WebCast pre vytvorenie HTML stránky a skripty jazyka Perl.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgAutoRadiobutton 62 Snímky sa menia automaticky po uplynutí určitého času a nezávisí na časovaní prezentácie
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FendlessCheckbutton 4c Po zobrazení posledného snímku sa prezentácia automaticky spustí znova.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FframesRadiobutton b1 Vytvorí štandardné HTML stránky s rámcami. Exportovaná stránka bude zobrazená v hlavnom rámci a rámec vľavo bude slúžiť ako obsah vo forme hypertextových odkazov.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FURLEntry 5f Určuje URL (absolútnu alebo relatívnu), kde bude na WWW serveru HTML prezentácia uložená.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FindexEntry 55 Určuje URL  (absolútnu alebo relatívnu), ktorú musia zadať diváci prezentácie.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FstandardRadiobutton 37 Zo strán pre export vytvorí štandardné HTML strany.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FcontentCheckbutton 2b Vytvorí titulnú stranu vášho dokumentu.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnotesCheckbutton 36 Určuje, či majú byť zobrazené aj vaše poznámky.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FCGIEntry 4a Určuje URL (absolútnu alebo relatívnu) pre vygenerované skripty Perlu.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FkioskRadiobutton 84 Vytvorí základnú HTML prezentáciu, v ktorej budú za sebou snímky automaticky nasledovať po určitých časových jednotkách.
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgDefaultRadiobutton f3 Prechod medzi snímkami závisí na časovaní, ktoré ste jednotlivým snímkam priradili v prezentácií. Ak ste nastavili ručný prechod medzi snímkami, v HTML prezentácií bude nový snímok uvedený po stlačení ľubovoľnej klávesy.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FsldSoundCheckbutton 63 Určuje, či budú exportované zvukové súbory, ktoré definujú zvuky prechodov medzi snímkami.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution2Radiobutton 3f Vyberie stredné rozlíšenie pre stredne veľké prezentácie.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FpngRadiobutton 7f Obrázky budú exportované ako PNG súbory. PNG sú komprimované bez straty údajov a môžu obsahovať viac než 256 farieb.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution3Radiobutton 47 Vyberie vysoké rozlíšenie pre zobrazenie snímok vo vysokej kvalite.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fpage3 7f Obrázky budú exportované ako PNG súbory. PNG sú komprimované bez straty údajov a môžu obsahovať viac než 256 farieb.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FgifRadiobutton 82 Obrázky budú exportované ako GIF súbory. Súbory GIF sú komprimované bezstratovou kompresiou a môžu obsahovať 256 farieb.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FjpgRadiobutton 9a Obrázky budú exportované ako JPEG súbory. Súbory JPEG sú komprimované nastaviteľnou stratovou kompresiou a môžu obsahovať viac než 256 farieb.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FqualityCombobox c2 Určuje kompresný faktor JPEG obrázkov. Hodnota 100% ponúka najlepšiu kvalitu, ale výsledná veľkosť súboru je väčšia. Hodnota 25% ponúka menšie súbory v podstatne horšej kvalite.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution1Radiobutton 7c Vyberte nízke rozlíšenie aby ste zachovali malú veľkosť súborov aj pri prezentáciách s veľkým množstvom snímok.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FmiscTextview 41 Určuje ďalší text, ktorý bude zobrazený na titulnej strane.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FauthorEntry 20 Určuje meno autora publikácie.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwwwEntry 5c Určuje adresu vašej domovskej stránky. Hypertextový odkaz bude vložený do publikácie.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FemailEntry 24 Určuje adresu elektronickej pošty.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextOnlyCheckbutton 35 Namiesto tlačidiel vloží iba hypertextové odkazy.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FbackButton 4e Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné zvoliť farba pozadia prezentácie.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FvLinkButton 62 Otvorí dialóg Farba, vo ktorom je možné vybrať farbu navštívených hypertextových odkazov.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdefaultRadiobutton 3c Použiť základné farby divákovho webového prehliadača.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdocColorsRadiobutton 4c Rozhoduje o použití farieb zo štýlov použitých v aktuálnom dokumente.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FuserRadiobutton 4b Umožní vám pre niektoré objekty prezentácie definovať vlastné farby.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlinkButton 4c Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné vybrať farbu textu prezentácie.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextButton 4c Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné vybrať farbu textu prezentácie.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FaLinkButton 5c Otvorí dialóg Farba, v ktorom je možné vybrať farbu aktívnych hypertextových odkazov.
15 HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
3a modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoleft 28 Odstráni vybranú možnosť zo zoznamu.
40 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiobuttons 4c Zobrazí všetky možnosti, ktoré majú byť zahrnuté do poľa zoskupenia.
3f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiolabels 5e Určuje názvy príslušných polí možností. Názov poľa možnosti uvidíte vo formulári.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoright 4a Confirms the current label and copies the label to the Option fields list.
48 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionno 43 Určuje, že Ako východzia možnosť nebude vybraté žiadne pole.
49 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionyes 56 Určuje, ktoré pole možností bude vybrané ako východzie pre otvorenie formulára.
47 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefselectionfield 62 Vyberte pole možnosti, ktoré si prajete mať pri otvorení formulára nastavené ako východzie.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Fradiobuttons 4c Vyberte pole možnosti, ku ktorému si prajete priradiť východziu hodnotu.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Foptionvalue 4d Ako východziu hodnotu vybraného poľa možnosti zadajte číslo alebo text.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 5f Specifies that you want to save the reference values in the form only, and not in the database.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 43 Specifies that you want to save the reference values in a database.
42 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 45 Select the data field in which the reference values have to be saved.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsfinalpage%2Fnameit 4c Určuje označenie pre celú skupinu. Označenie uvidíte na mieste skupiny.
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 68 Kopíruje a konvertuje dokumenty do formátu OpenDocument XML, používaného aplikáciou $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP 68 Kopíruje a konvertuje dokumenty do formátu OpenDocument XML, používaného aplikáciou $[officename].
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG 68 Kopíruje a konvertuje dokumenty do formátu OpenDocument XML, používaného aplikáciou $[officename].
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE 6b Vytvorí vo vašom pracovnom adresári protokolový súbor ukazujúci, ktoré dokumenty boli konvertované.
1d HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT 5b Konvertuje dokumenty vo formáte Microsoft PowerPoint *.ppt do formátu OpenDocument *.odp.
17 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD 55 Konvertuje dokumenty vo formáte Microsoft Word *.doc do formátu OpenDocument *.odt.
18 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL 53 Konvertuje dokumenty formátu Microsoft Excel *.xls do formátu OpenDocument *.ods.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT 2b Určuje, či budú dokumenty konvertované.
25 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT 30 Otvorí dialóg pre vybratie požadovanej cesty.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH 2f Určuje adresár obsahujúci zdrojové súbory.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH 41 Určuje adresár, do ktorého budú uložené výsledné súbory.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE 2b Určuje, či budú konvertované šablóny.
21 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE 59 Udáva, či sa hľadané súbory budú hľadať aj v podadresároch vybraného adresára.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4 5b All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3 3c All currency cells in the active document will be converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1 36 All cells with the selected Cell Styles are converted.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1 32 Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1 1d Converts the entire document.
31 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FEuro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR 6b Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE 4b Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS 57 Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL 1a Closes the Euro Converter.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON 16 Starts the conversion.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN 3b Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2 3f All currency cells in the active spreadsheet will be converted.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_DIALOG 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT bc Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET 4b Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1 32 Displays the ranges to be converted from the list.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE 48 Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK 30 Returns to the first page of the Euro Converter.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN 4f Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE 2a Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP 22 Activates the help for the dialog.
11 HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT 17 Choď na ďalší krok.
15 HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS 1f Choď na predchádzajúci krok.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH 3d Vytvorí spojenie na dátový zdroj a ukončí tento dialóg.
30 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fother 70 Ak si prajete zaregistrovať ako databázu kontaktov $[officename] iný dátový zdroj, zvoľte túto možnosť.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevolution 52 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Evolution zvoľte túto možnosť.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fgroupwise 46 Ak používate databázu kontaktov Groupwise, zvoľte túto možnosť.
2e modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fkde 4b Ak používate databázu kontaktov prostredia KDE, zvoľte túto možnosť.
c slot%3A10934 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevoldap 58 Ak používate databázu kontaktov z aplikácie Evolution LDAP, zvoľte túto možnosť.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2FSelectTypePage 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fmacosx 4c Select this option if you already use an address book in macOS Address book.
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT 54 Tento sprievodca zaregistruje existujúci adresár ako dátový zdroj $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Ffirefox 4e Select this option if you already use an address book in Firefox or Iceweasel.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL 3a Ukončí sprievodcu bez uskutočnenia akýchkoľvek zmien.
36 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fthunderbird 46 Ak používate databázu kontaktov Groupwise, zvoľte túto možnosť.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2Fsettings 3a Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2FInvokeAdminPage 5a Umožní vám upresniť ďalšie nastavenia pre LDAP  a ďalší externé dátové zdroje.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2Ftable 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2FSelectTablePage 87 Určuje tabuľku z databáze kontaktov aplikácií Mozilla / Netscape 6.x, ktorá bude použitá ako databáza kontaktov $[officename].
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Favailable d8 Zaregistruje novovytvorený databázový súbor v %PRODUCTNAME. Databáza bude potom zobrazená v okne zdroja dát (F4). Ak toto pole nie je zaškrtnuté, databáza bude dostupná iba spustením súboru s databázou.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2FDataSourcePage 82 Určuje miesto pre súbor s databázou kontaktov a názov, pod ktorým bude dátový zdroj zobrazený v prehliadači zdrojov dát.
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fname 1f Specifies the data source name.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN 29 Určuje umiestenie dialógového súboru.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fbrowse 29 Určuje umiestenie dialógového súboru.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2Fassign 35 Otvorí dialóg Šablóny: Priradenie zoznamu adries.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2FFieldAssignPage 4a Otvorí dialógové okno, ktoré vám umožní upresniť priradenie poľa.
17 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION 9a The Parameter Input dialog asks the user to enter the parameter values. Enter a value for each query parameter and confirm by clicking OK or typing Enter.
13 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT 47 Určuje Kritérium, podľa ktorého sa filtruje obsah dátového poľa.
16 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE 47 Ak zaškrtnete vlastnosť Viditeľné, dané pole sa zobrazí v dotaze.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER 50 V tejto bunke je možné zvoliť zoraďovanie: vzostupne, zostupne a nezoradiť.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE 44 Databázová tabuľka, v ktorej sa nachádza vybrané dátové pole.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS 64 Zadajte alias dátového poľa. V dotaze sa namiesto skutočného názvu poľa použije tento alias.
1d HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION 1d Upraviť vlastnosti relácie.
11 HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB 54 Dvojitým kliknutím na pole ho pridáte do dotazu. Pretiahnutím určíte relácie.
12 HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT 27 Vyberte podmienky na definíciu dotazu.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Ftitle 25 Zadajte názov dotazu alebo pohľadu.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Fschema 41 Zadajte názov schémy, ktorá sa priradí dotazu alebo pohľadu.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD 7c Enter the name of the data field that you referred to in the Query. All settings made in the lower rows refer to this field.
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftype 4d Pri plnom spoji obsahuje výsledok všetky záznamy ľavej i pravej tabuľky.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftable2 3a Určuje dve rôzne tabuľky, ktoré si želáte prepojiť.
5 dummy 64 Po kliknutí na tlačidlo Viac se zobrazí dialog s podrobnejšími informáciami o danom probléme.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fnewpassword 14 Vložte nové heslo.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirmpassword 1a Vložte znovu nové heslo.
29 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ADLG_PASSWD%3AED_PASSWD_USER 24 Určuje meno nového používateľa.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Foldpassword 15 Vložte staré heslo.
1c HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW 1a Zobrazuje texty nápovedy.
12 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT 2d Toto tlačidlo otvorí dialóg Formát poľa.
19 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE 44 Zobrazuje kód formátu, ktorý je možné vybrať tlačidlom  ... .
20 SID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY 40 Ak je zaškrtnuté toto pole, je dátove pole primárny kľúč.
16 HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL 85 Určuje názov dátového poľa. Pri zadávaní názvu platí obmedzenie databázy, napr. dĺžka názvu, zvláštne znaky a medzery.
18 HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND 2f V tejto oblasti určujete štruktúru tabuľky.
13 HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT 37 Určuje východziu hodnotu pre nové dátové záznamy.
16 HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL 12 Určuje typ poľa.
19 HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL 1a Zadajte voliteľný popis.
d .uno%3ADelete 1a Odstráni vybraný riadok.
1a SID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS 9b Vloží prázdny riadok nad aktuálny riadok, pokiaľ tabuľka ešte nebola uložená.  Pokiaľ bola uložená, vloží prázdny riadok na koniec tabuľky.
23 HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER 1d Určuje poradie zoraďovania.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2Fclose 11 Zatvorí dialóg.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FUNIQUE 46 Určuje, že aktuálny register môže mať iba Jednoznačné hodnoty.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RESET 49 Obnoví aktuálny index na nastavenia, ktoré mal pri otvorení dialógu.
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 48 V dialógu Návrh indexu je možné upraviť indexy aktuálnej tabuľky.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_DROP 1a Odstráni aktuálny index.
1f HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD 4d Zobrazuje zoznam polí aktuálnej tabuľky. Je možné vybrať aj viac polí.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_NEW 15 Vytvorí nový index.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RENAME 1a Premenuje aktuálny index.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FINDEX_LIST a7 Zobrazuje dostupné indexy. Vyberte zo zoznamu index, ktorý si prajete upraviť. Na pravej strane dialógu sú zobrazené podrobnejšie informácie o vybranom indexe.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_SAVE 27 Uloží aktuálny index do zdroja dát.
13 HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB 63 Pomocou spoločných dátových polí je možné navzájom prepojiť tabuľky aktuálnej databázy.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdeldefault 6d Pri odstraňovaní primárneho kľúča sa všetky polia externých kľúčov nastaví na východziu hodnotu.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelcascade 5e Pri odstránení primárneho kľúča sa odstránia zodpovedajúce polia externých kľúčov.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelnull 69 Pri odstraňovaní primárneho kľúča sa všetky polia externých kľúčov nastavia na hodnotu "NULL".
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fadddefault 64 Pri zmene primárneho kľúča sa všetky polia externých kľúčov nastavia na východziu hodnotu.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelaction 55 Určuje, že odstranenie primárneho kľúča neovplyvní polia externých kľúčov.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddcascade 7b Pri zmene primárneho kľúča aktualizuje hodnoty zodpovedajúcich polí externých kľúčov (kaskádová aktualizácia).
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 44 Reláciu medzi dvoma tabuľkami je možné nastaviť alebo upraviť.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Ftable2 48 Ako názvy stĺpcov sa zobrazia názvy tabuliek vybraných pre spojenie.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Frelations 21 Určuje polia kľúčov relácii.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddaction 5a Určuje, že zmeny vykonané v primárnom kľúči neovplyvní polia externých kľúčov.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddnull 83 Pri zmene primárneho kľúča sa všetky polia externých kľúčov nastavia na hodnotu "NULL". To znamená, že pole je prázdne.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdefdata 29 Creates a 1:1 copy of the database table.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fkeyname 46 Specifies a name for the primary key generated. This name is optional.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdef 40 Copies only the table definition and not the corresponding data.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdata 74 If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the Column Info dialog whose data cannot be copied.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fview c0 If the database supports Views and you selected this option, a query will be created in the table container as a table. This option allows you to view the query results as a normal table view.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fname 1e Specifies a name for the copy.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fprimarykey 4a Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcolrh 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Ffrom bc Lists the available data fields that you can include in the copied table. To copy a data field, click its name, and then click the > button. To copy all of the fields, click the >> button.
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fto 3e Lists the fields that you want to include in the copied table.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fautobutton 28 Umožnuje automatické rozpoznanie typu.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fauto 4e Zadajte počet riadkov, ktoré sa použijú na automatické rozpoznánie typu.
16 HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME 56 Zobrazuje názov vybraného dátového poľa. Taktiež je možné zadať nový názov.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fcolumnnames 49 Zoznam dátových polí, ktoré budú zahrnuté do kopírovanej tabuľky.
10 HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 12 Vyberte typ poľa.
f HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 27 Zadajte počet znakov dátového poľa.
11 HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 67 Zadajte počet desatinných miest dátového poľa. Táto voľba je dostupná len pre číselné polia.
18 HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 31 Vyberte výchoziu hodnotu pre pole typu Áno/Nie.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fnone 35 Zruší výber všetkých dátových polí v zozname.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fall 29 Vyberie všetky dátové polia v zozname.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fdown_right 34 Posunie vybranú položku o jednu pozíciu nižšie.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fleft 17b Zoznam dátových polí v zdrojovej tabuľke. Ak chcete vložiť dátové pole zo zdrojovej tabuľky do cieľovej tabuľky, zaškrtnite pole pred názvom dátového poľa. Ak chcete priradiť obsah dátového poľa zdrojovej tabuľky inému dátovému poľu v cieľovej tabuľke, kliknite na dátové pole v zozname zdrojovej tabuľky a potom kliknite na šípku hore alebo dole.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fup_right 34 Posunie vybranú položku o jednu pozíciu vyššie.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fright a3 Zoznam možných dátových polí v cieľovej tabuľke. Do cieľovej tabuľky sa pridajú len dátové polia, ktoré sú zaškrtnuté v zozname zdrojové tabuľky.
16 HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG b1 Použije súčasný zdroj dát ako katalóg. To je užitočné, ak je zdrojom dát databázový server ODBC. Ak je zdrojom dát ODBC ovládač dBASE, toto pole nezaškrtávajte.
18 HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET_ODBC 7d Vyberte znakovú sadu, ktorú chcete použiť na prezeranie databázy v $[officename]. Toto nastavenie neovplyvní databázu.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fodbcpage%2Foptions 59 Do tohoto textového poľa zadajte prípadné daľšie voliteľné nastavenia ovládača.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fautoretrieve 75 Zapíná podporu $[officename] pre automatické zvyšovanie dátových polí pre aktuálny ODBC nebo JDBC zdroj dát.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fstatement 65 Zadajte SQL príkaz, ktorý zdroju dát určí automaticky zvyšovať dané číselné dátové pole.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusesql92 5f Povoľuje iba názvy, ktoré v zdroji dát používajú znaky zodpovedajúce obmedzeniam SQL92.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fquery 73 Zadajte SQL dotaz, ktorý vracia poslednú hodnotu automatického zvýšenia dátového poľa primárneho kľúča.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FindiciesButton 64 Otvorí dialóg Indexy, v kterom je možné spravovať indexy tabuliek v aktuálnej databáze dBASE.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FshowDelRowsCheckbutton 9b Zobrazí všetky záznamy v súbore, vrátane tých, ktoré sú označené ako odstránené. Ak zaškrtnete toto pole, nie je možné záznamy odstrániť.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremove 3b Presunie vybraný index tabuľky do zoznamu Voľné indexy.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftable 42 Vyberte databázovú tabuľku, pre ktorú chcete vytvoriť indexy.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2FDBaseIndexDialog 2f Indexy je možné spravovať v databáze dBASE.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftableindex 47 Zobrazí zoznam aktuálnych indexov pre vybranú databázovú tabuľku.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fadd 33 Presunie vybraný index do zoznamu Indexy tabuľky.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremoveall 3b Presunie všetky indexy tabuľky do zoznamu Voľné indexy.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Faddall 3b Presunie všetky voľné indexy do zoznamu Indexy tabuľky.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ffreeindex 4a Zobrazí zoznam dostupných indexov, ktoré je možné priradiť tabuľke.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fexecute 41 Spustí príkaz, ktorý ste zadali do poľa Príkaz na spustenie.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsqlhistory 7b Zoznam skôr spustených SQL príkazov. K opätovnému spusteniu príkazu kliknite na príkaz a potom kliknite na Spustiť.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fstatus 3e Zobrazuje výsledky, vrátane chýb, spusteného SQL príkazu.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2FDirectSQLDialog 55 Otvorte dialóg, v ktorom je možné zadať SQL príkaz pre administráciu databázy.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsql 3f Zadajte administrátorský príkaz SQL, ktorý chcete spustiť.
1e HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL 45 Zoradí zoznam názvov tabuliek vo vzostupnom poradí podľa abecedy.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL de Niektoré databázy môžu sledovať zmeny záznamov priradením čísla verzie upraveným poliam. Toto číslo sa pri každej zmene pola zvýši o 1.  Zobrazuje se interné číslo verzie záznamu v databázovej  tabulke.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseodbcliterals 22 Určuje, že polia nemajú okraje.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Finputchecks d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fcreateindex 2d Creates an index with ASC or DESC statements.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusecatalogname b7 Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Feol 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fdisplayver 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignoreprivs 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignorecurrency a9 Only for Oracle JDBC connections. When enabled it specifies that no column is treated as a currency field. The field type returned from the database driver is discarded.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseas 9b Some databases use the keyword "AS" between a name and its alias, while other databases use a whitespace. Enable this option to insert AS before the alias.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fappend 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseschemaname 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseoj 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fprimarykeys 39 Umožňuje používateľovi zmazať štruktúru tabuľky.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BOOLEANCOMPARISON 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Freplaceparams 44 Replaces named parameters in a data source with a question mark (?).
19 HID_DSADMIN_RETRIEVE_AUTO 73 Zadajte SQL dotaz, ktorý vracia poslednú hodnotu automatického zvýšenia dátového poľa primárneho kľúča.
1c DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SPECIAL_MESSAGE 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_PB_TESTMYSQLCLASS 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FconnectionButton 38 Tests the database connection with the current settings.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_PATH 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FLAT_PATH 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLCLASS 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FpassCheckbutton 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CALC_PATH 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
2e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLDBNAME 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FPageGeneral 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FdatasourceType 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FopenDatabase a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FdocListBox 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FconnectDatabase 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FcreateDatabase 20 Select to create a new database.
38 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneralpagewizard%2FopenExistingDatabase 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fusewizard 46 Select to call the Table Wizard after the Database Wizard is finished.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fnoregister 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2FPageFinal 6a Specifies whether you want to register the database, open the database for editing, or insert a new table.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fopenediting 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fyesregister 11d Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Field - More Fields) or in a mail merge.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_PB_MSACCESSLOCATION 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_ET_MSACCESSLOCATION 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_PB_ADOURL 2a Click to open a database selection dialog.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_ET_ADOURL 1a Enter the data source URL.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_PB_DBASELOCATION 1d Open a path selection dialog.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_ET_DBASELOCATION 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjdbcconnectionpage%2FjdbcButton 2f Tests the connection with the current settings.
37 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjdbcconnectionpage%2FJDBCConnectionPage 30 Specifies the options to access a JDBC database.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLHOSTSERVER 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjdbcconnectionpage%2FjdbcEntry 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjdbcconnectionpage%2Fbrowseurl df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2c DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLPORT df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
17 HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
19 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
1b HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
17 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fjdbc 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fodbc 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_PB_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 33 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_ET_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEPORT 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
35 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEHOSTSERVER 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
30 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLECLASS 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
37 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fpasswordrequired 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fbrowse 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2FDBWizSpreadsheetPage 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fbrowseurl 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fthousandsseparator 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fdecimalseparator 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Ftextseparator 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Ffieldseparator 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwiztextpage%2Fbrowseurl fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fextension 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwiztextpage%2FDBWizTextPage 3f Specifies the settings for importing a database in text format.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwiztextpage%2Fbrowse 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Ftextfile 1a Click to access txt files.
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fcustom 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftextpage%2Fcsvfile 1a Click to access csv files.
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FtestConnectionButton 46 Check if the configured connection can be used to access the database.
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FgeneralUserNameEntry 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
3e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FpassRequiredCheckbutton 3e Select to prompt a user for a password to access the database.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 25 Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 25 Opens the Database Properties dialog.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
1f DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_EDIT 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
18 HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2Fok 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FfileNameEntry 2f Zadajte názov súboru pre ukladaný formulár.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FupButton 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FCollectionView 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
36 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FnewFolderButton 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 44 Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 38 Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesfilterpage%2FTablesFilterPage 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4b Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 10 Opens a submenu.
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 2c Disables the preview in the database window.
d .uno%3ADBSort 10 Opens a submenu.
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2FSummaryPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fprepagepage%2FPreparePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2Ftextview 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2Fbrowse c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fmigratepage%2FMigratePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2FBackupPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD 99 Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
17 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTTABLES 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT4 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT3 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND4 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND3 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND2 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT2 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND1 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND4 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND2 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT1 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND1 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND3 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_3 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_2 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_3 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_2 24 Select the condition for the filter.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHANY 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHALL 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_1 24 Select the condition for the filter.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_2 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_3 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEMINUS 21 Removes the last row of controls.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEPLUS 1e Appends a new row of controls.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFIELDS_1 1e Select the numeric field name.
2e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFUNCTION_1 1e Select the aggregate function.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATEDETAILQUERY 28 Select to show all records of the query.
30 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATESUMMARYQUERY 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
2a WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_2 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHANY 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_3 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_3 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHALL 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_3 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_2 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_2 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_1 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTTITLE_1 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTSUMMARY 20 Displays a summary of the query.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMODIFYQUERY 31 Select to save the query and open it for editing.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTQUERYTITLE 34 Zadajte uživateľské meno na prístup k databáze.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDISPLAYQUERY 25 Select to save and display the query.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Ftime 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Fdate 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
39 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2FDateTimeDialog 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PREEVALUATED 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_REPORT_NAVIGATOR_TREE 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_INITIALFORMULA 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORMULA 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DEEPTRAVERSING e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
36 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Falignment 9 Alignment
37 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fbottompage 17 Bottom of Page (Footer)
34 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Ftoppage 14 Top of Page (Header)
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagenofm b Page N of M
3d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2FPageNumberDialog 5d You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Page Numbers.
32 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagen 6 Page N
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DATAFIELD 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VERTICAL_ALIGN f Vert. Alignment
2e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTWHENGROUPCHANGE 17 Print when group change
22 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_FONT 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_WIDTH 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
2d REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTREPEATEDVALUES 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEFOOTEROPTION 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEHEADEROPTION 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_HEIGHT 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
2b REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_GROUPKEEPTOGETHER 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELD_SEL c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 67 To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select All - Select Report.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_VISIBLE 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_KEEPTOGETHER 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
29 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKTRANSPARENT 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKCOLOR 53 Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONX 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORCENEWPAGE 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_NEWROWORCOL 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONY 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
34 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_CONDITIONALPRINTEXPRESSION 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRESERVEIRI f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
31 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Finterval 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
2e modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fgroup 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Ffooter 28 Select to show or hide the Group Footer.
30 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fsorting 19 Select the sorting order.
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2FFloatingSort b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fkeep 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdelete 29 Removes the selected field from the list.
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
2c modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fbox 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
2b modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fup 28 Moves the selected field up in the list.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected field down in the list.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fheader 28 Select to show or hide the Group Header.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELDEXPRESSION 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_DIALOG 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSSELECTED 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LBTABLES a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTBUSINESS 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTPRIVATE 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
21 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 2f Specifies the default value for a Yes/No field.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_REQUIRED 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMINUS 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_COLNAME 56 Zobrazuje názov vybraného dátového poľa. Taktiež je možné zadať nový názov.
18 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 27 Zadajte počet znakov dátového poľa.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_SELFIELDNAMES 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
1a DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 67 Zadajte počet desatinných miest dátového poľa. Táto voľba je dostupná len pre číselné polia.
19 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 14 Select a field type.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_AUTOINCREMENT 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPLUS 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_AVAILABLE 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SEVERAL 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_AUTOMATIC 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CHK_USEPRIMEKEY cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SINGLE 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_SELECTED aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_PK_FIELDNAME 16 Select the field name.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
2e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE_AUTOMATIC b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_STARTFORMWIZARD 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_WORKWITHTABLE 29 Select to save and edit the table design.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_SCHEMA 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_TXT_NAME 19 Specifies the table name.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_MODIFYTABLE 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_CATALOG 54 Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 57 Otvorí vybraný dotaz tak, aby ste mohli zadávať, upravovať alebo zmazať záznamy.
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 57 Otvorí vybraný dotaz tak, aby ste mohli zadávať, upravovať alebo zmazať záznamy.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 57 Otvorí vybraný dotaz tak, aby ste mohli zadávať, upravovať alebo zmazať záznamy.
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 57 Otvorí vybraný dotaz tak, aby ste mohli zadávať, upravovať alebo zmazať záznamy.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 24 Odstráni vybraného používateľa.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkspacingdialog%2FFontworkSpacingDialog 25 Zadajte rozostup znakov písmomaľby.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 2a Otvorí okno Písmomaľba-rozostup znakov.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 25 Otvorí okno Zarovnanie písmomaľby.
18 .uno%3AFontworkShapeType 64 Otvorí panel Tvar písmomaľby. Kliknite na tvar na jeho použitie na všetky objekty písmomaľby.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights 6c Prepne výšku písmen vybraného objektu písmomaľby z normálnej na rovnakú výšku pre všetky objekty.
30 fps%2Fui%2Fremotefilesdialog%2FRemoteFilesDialog 1f Remote Files Service User Guide
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2FShareDocumentDialog 80 Otvorenie dialógu na nastavenie zdieľania dokumentu, kde sa dá povoliť alebo zakázať spoluprácu so zdieľaním dokumentu.
14 .uno%3AShareDocument 80 Otvorenie dialógu na nastavenie zdieľania dokumentu, kde sa dá povoliť alebo zakázať spoluprácu so zdieľaním dokumentu.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallothers 55 Zachovajte všetky zmeny ostatných používateľov, odstráňte všetky vaše zmeny.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2Fshare 10f Povolenie zdieľať ten istý dokument s inými používateľmi. Zakázať použitie nezdieľaných dokumentov. Toto môže zrušiť platnosť doteraz neuložených úprav, ktoré vykonali iní používatelia od doby, čo bol dokument naposledy otvorený alebo uložený.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2FConflictsDialog a5 Ak sú rovnaké obsahy zmenené rôznymi používateľmi, otvorí sa dialóg Riešenie Konfliktov. Pri každom konflikte rozhodnite, ktoré zmeny sa majú zachovať.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepmine 30 Zachovajte vaše zmeny, zrušte ostatné zmeny .
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallmine 39 Zachovajte všetky vaše zmeny, zrušte všetky ostatné.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepother 40 Zachovajte zmenu iného používateľa, odstráňte vašu zmenu.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 6a Pokiaľ kliknete na tlačidlo Zavrieť na paneli Filtrovanie formulára, zobrazí sa formulár bez filtru.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 5f Pokiaľ kliknete na ikonu Použiť filter na paneli Filtrovanie formulára, použije sa filter.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 47 Otvorte okno, v ktorom môžete pridať, upraviť alebo odobrať ikony.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2FNewToolbarDialog 47 Otvorte okno, v ktorom môžete pridať, upraviť alebo odobrať ikony.
19 SID_FM_FILTER_IS_NOT_NULL d3 Podmienku filtra môžete upraviť priamo ako text. Pokiaľ chcete testovať, či pole má alebo nemá obsah, môžete vybrať podmienku filtra "prázdne" (SQL:"Is Null") alebo "neprázdne" (SQL: "Is not Null").
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 7a Ak chcete spojiť viac podmienok pre filtre booleovským OR, kliknite na Navigácia filtra na paneli Formulárový Filter.
14 HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
2f svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FctlFavorites bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FFontworkGalleryDialog bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 96 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
1c .uno%3APreviousTrackedChange 41 Jumps to and selects the previous change in the document, if any.
18 .uno%3ANextTrackedChange 3d Jumps to and selects the next change in the document, if any.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fmath_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fimpress_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdraw_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fwriter_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Ftemplates_all 66 Click the Templates dropdown button to display all existing templates on the right side of the window.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Flocal_view 51 The Recent Files button shows thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdatabase_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fall_recent 51 The Recent Files button shows thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fhelp 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
15 FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fextensions 94 The Extensions button opens the https://extensions.libreoffice.org/ page, where you can download templates and additional features for %PRODUCTNAME.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fcalc_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2FStartCenter 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_all 31 The Open File button presents a file open dialog.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_remote 5e The Remote Files button presents a Remote files dialog to open files stored on remote servers.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_recent 51 The Recent Files button shows thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fimport_btn 99 Press the Import button at the bottom right, and then choose a Category to import a template from your computer to that category in the Template Manager.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fexport_btn 8e Choose a template in the main window and then press the Export button at the bottom right to export the template to a folder on your computer.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fmove_btn bb Choose the Move option at the bottom right after selecting a template to move it to a different category. Default templates cannot be moved, but copies can be created in other categories.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fsearch_filter 7b You may search for a template by entering text in the search box at the top left. The Main window show the templates found.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Ffilter_application b8 You may filter for All Applications, Documents, Spreadsheets or Drawings by choosing an option from the dropdown box at the top-center. The main window displays the filtered templates.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Faction_menu 48 Click on the Settings icon at the bottom left to open the Settings menu.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2FTemplateDialog 70 The Template Manager dialog makes it easy to manage templates and allows to start new documents using templates.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Ffilter_folder 36 Categories are folders where you place your templates.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fonline_link b5 To browse for more templates online, click on the Browse online templates icon at bottom left to open a browser window and search for templates at https://templates.libreoffice.org.
c .uno%3AAbout 52 Zobrazí všeobecné informácie o programe ako číslo verzie a autorské práva.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate 117 Povoľte pre %PRODUCTNAME prístup na Internet. Ak potrebujete použiť %PRODUCTNAME proxy, zadajte potrebné údaje v nastavení proxy podNástroje - Možnosti - Internet. Potom zvoľte možnosť Online aktualizácia pre overenie dostupnosti novej verzie kancelárskeho balíka.
12 .uno%3AShowLicense c9 Zobrazí dokument CREDITS.odt, ktorý obsahuje zoznam jednotlivcov, ktorí od 28. 9. 2010 prispeli do zdrojového kódu OpenOffice.org (a ich príspevky boli importované do LibreOffice) a LibreOffice.
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 51 Otvorí hlavnú stránku pomocníka $[officename] pre práve bežiacu aplikáciu.
13 .uno%3ASendFeedback 60 Otvorí vo webovom prehliadači formulár, pomocou ktorého môžete nahlásiť chyby softvéru.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 50 Menu Pomocník umožňuje spustiť a ovládať systém pomocníka $[officename].
16 .uno%3AQuestionAnswers 34 Opens the community support page in the web browser.
f .uno%3ASafeMode b0 Safe mode is a mode where %PRODUCTNAME temporarily starts with a fresh user profile and disables hardware acceleration. It helps to restore a non-working %PRODUCTNAME instance.
14 .uno%3ADocumentation 8f Opens the documentation page in the web browser, where users can download, read or purchase %PRODUCTNAME user guides, written by the community.
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 54 Povolí rozšírené tipy pomocníka pod kurzorom myši až do ďalšieho kliknutia.
e RID_ENVTOOLBOX 43 Štandardný panel je dostupný v každej aplikácii $[officename].
12 .uno%3ATableDesign 43 Opens the Table Design. Double-click a preview to format the table.
18 .HelpId%3Atableobjectbar 7e Panel Tabuľka obsahuje funkcie, ktoré potrebujete na prácu s tabuľkou. Zobrazí sa, pokiaľ umiestnite kurzor do tabuľky.
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 5e Spustí Sprievodcu hromadnou korešpondenciou, ktorý vám pomôže vytvoriť hromadné listy.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 5b Vloží všetky polia z označeného záznamu do aktuálneho dokumentu na pozíciu kurzoru.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 41 Odstráni záznam. Príkaz je treba pred odstránením potvrdiť.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 17 Vytvorí nový záznam.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 33 Umožňuje vám vrátiť zmenu v dátovej položke.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 1f Presunie vás na prvý záznam.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 23 Presunie vás na posledný záznam.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 54 Zobrazuje číslo aktuálneho záznamu. Zadajte číslo k prechodu na daný záznam.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 2a Presunie vás na predchádzajúci záznam.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 26 Presunie vás na nasledujúci záznam.
e .uno%3ARecSave 44 Uloží novú dátovú položku. Zmena je zaznamenaná do databázy.
e .uno%3AGridUse 45 Určuje, že je možné pohybovať objektmi len medzi bodmi mriežky.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 1c Uzavrie čiaru alebo krivku.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 38 Prevedie uhlový bod alebo súmerný bod na hladký bod.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 31 Prevedie vybratý bod alebo body na uhlové body.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 34 Aktivuje režim, v ktorom je možné presúvat body.
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete 9c Pomocou ikony Zmazať body odstránite jeden alebo viac vybraných bodov. Ak chcete vybrať niekoľko bodov, podržte Shift a kliknite na požadované body.
12 HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX 65 Panel Upraviť body sa zobrazí, keď vyberiete objekt zložený z bodov a kliknete na Upraviť body.
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 33 Prevedie krivku na priamku alebo priamku na krivku.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 44 Aktivuje režim vkladania. V tomto režime je možné vkladať body.
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 3b Označí aktuálny bod alebo vybrané body na odstránenie.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 3a Prevedie rohový bod alebo hladký bod na symetrický bod.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine 70 Ikona Rozdeliť krivku rozdelí krivku. Vyberte bod alebo body, kde chcete krivku rozdeliť a kliknite na ikonu.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 4e Inserts a chart based on data from a cell or table range or with default data.
1a .uno%3AInsertFrameInteract 80 This submenu contains form controls like a textbox, checkbox, option button, and listbox that can be inserted into the document.
15 .uno%3AShapesLineMenu 49 This submenu contains straight, freeform, curved and polygon line shapes.
11 .uno%3AShapesMenu ae This submenu contains common shapes like a line, circle, triangle, and square, or a symbol shape like a smiley face, heart, and flower that can be inserted into the document.
16 HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX 18 Select an entry to edit.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 43 This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Femail 19 Type your e-mail address.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fwork 24 Type your work number in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fhome 31 Type your private telephone number in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ftitle 1e Type your title in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fizip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcompany 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ficity 1d Type the city where you live.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2FOptUserPage 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffax 23 Type your fax number in this field.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstreet 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstate 10 Type your state.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffirstname 15 Type your first name.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fposition 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Flastname 14 Type your last name.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fshortname 13 Type your initials.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fsaveas b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdoctype 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Falienwarndialog%2Fask c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fwarnalienformat c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_fsys 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_settings 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 72 In the General section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fuserautosave 8d Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves all open documents when saving auto recovery information. Uses the same time interval as AutoRecovery does.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave_spin 49 Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_docprinter 16c If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_inet 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fbackup d5 Saves the previous version of a document as a backup copy whenever you save a document. Every time %PRODUCTNAME creates a backup copy, the previous backup copy is replaced. The backup copy gets the extension .BAK.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fodfversion fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdocinfo 5b Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave 94 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fedit 36 Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fdefault 48 The Default button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2FOptPathsPage 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fpaths 65 To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click Edit. You can also double click the entry.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fadd 60 Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fpaths 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoptions%2FBreakNumberOption 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fnameedit 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Freplace 279 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary or a language-dependent custom dictionary. In exception dictionaries, the field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box. In language-dependent custom dictionaries, the field contains a known root word, as a model of affixation of the new word or its usage in compound words. For example, in a German custom dictionary, the new word “Litschi” (lychee) with the model word “Gummi” (gum) will result recognition of “Litschis” (lychees), “Litschibaum” (lychee tree), “Litschifrucht” (lychee fruit) etc.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsnew 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fword 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodulesedit 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2FOptLinguPage 46 Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.
2c cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fnewreplace a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fdelete 3b Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptionsedit 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsedit 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodules 28 Contains the installed language modules.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 45 Počas písania automaticky kontroluje pravopis a podčiarkuje chyby.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Flanguage 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsdelete 59 Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptions 37 Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fexcept 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fbook 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Flang 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fback 37 Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fup 4b Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flingudicts 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fdown 4b Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
27 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flanguage 25 Specifies the language of the module.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FB_custom 59 The color code of the blue component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FG_custom 5a The color code of the green component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fnewpreview 71 Displays a preview of the color selected from the color palette and the changes you make with the controls below.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fpaletteselector 52 Specifies the name of a selected palette. You can select a different palette here.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FR_custom 58 The color code of the red component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FColorPage 60 Allows you to select a color from a color palette, edit an existing color, or define new colors.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fcolorset 57 Contains a list of available colors. Click on the desired one in the list to select it.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fhex_custom 3d The color code of the color expressed as a hexadecimal value.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fadd 29 Adds the new color to the Custom palette.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Frecentcolorset 35 Displays the last twelve colors selected and applied.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 30 Deletes the selected color without confirmation.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FkeySpinbutton 4e Set the Black color value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FmagSpinbutton 41 Set the Magenta color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FyellowSpinbutton 40 Set the Yellow color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FbrightSpinbutton 5f Set the Brightness directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
30 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FbrightRadiobutton c4 Sets the Brightness component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Saturation components in the two dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent ( 0 to 100).
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2Fprevious 61 In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original color from the parent tab, Colors.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FgreenRadiobutton a9 Sets the Green component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Red and Blue components in the two dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FcolorField 11d Click in the big color area on the left to select a new color. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the color as represented in the RGB or HSB color models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialog.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2Fpreview 5e In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialog is visible.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FblueRadiobutton a9 Sets the Blue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Red components in the two dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FcyanSpinbutton 3e Set the Cyan color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FcolorSlider 61 With the vertical color component slider you can modify the value of each component of the color.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FredSpinbutton 3e Set the Red color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FgreenSpinbutton 40 Set the Green color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FblueSpinbutton 3f Set the Blue color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FColorPicker 83 %PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colors using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Color dialog.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FhexEntry 5b Displays and sets the color value in the RGB color model expressed as a hexadecimal number.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FhueRadiobutton c6 Sets the Hue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Saturation and Brightness components in the two dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FredRadiobutton a9 Sets the Red component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Blue components in the two dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FsatSpinbutton 5f Set the Saturation directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FhueSpinbutton 5b Set the Hue directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FsatRadiobutton c4 Sets the Saturation component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Brightness components in the two dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent ( 0 to 100).
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fcollectusageinfo 4f Send usage data to help The Document Foundation improve the software usability.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fyear 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 31 Specifies the general settings for $[officename].
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fdocstatus 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ffiledlg 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fexthelp 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontheight 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fnonpropfontonly 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontname 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fusetable 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Freplacements e6 Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont1 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fapply 26 Applies the selected font replacement.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fdelete 26 Deletes the selected font replacement.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fchecklb f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont2 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseopengl 97 Use the high performance Open Graphics Library (OpenGL) to render all visual elements of the application, including windows, menus, toolbars and icons.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaa af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmenuicons a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaccel 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
5 20201 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fnotebookbariconsize 31 Specifies the display size of notebook bar icons.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fforceopengl 44 Forces the use of OpenGL even if the graphics device is blacklisted.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faafont 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfontpreview 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonsize 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousemiddle 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousepos 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fsidebariconsize 2c Specifies the display size of sidebar icons.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonstyle 3b Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faanf 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fconverttogray 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransnone 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransauto 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmaptrans 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpaperorient 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetrans a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapresol 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ftrans 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpapersize 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ffile 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fframe2 35 Defines which warnings appear before printing begins.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2FOptPrintPage 24 Specifies the print setting options.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fprinter 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmap 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstripes 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
2d sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapoptimal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegrad 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapnormal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapdpi 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstep 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradcolor 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorconfig 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fdelete 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
23 HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME 22 Enter a name for the color scheme.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fsave 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2FOptAppearancePage 35 Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorschemelb 29 Selects the color scheme you want to use.
38 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fsystempagepreviewcolor 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedgraphics 40 Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in %PRODUCTNAME.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedtext 48 Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in %PRODUCTNAME.
36 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2FOptAccessibilityPage 83 Sets options that make %PRODUCTNAME programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautodetecthc 5c Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftextselinreadonly 27 Displays cursor in read-only documents.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautofontcolor 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 25 Specifies general Load/Save settings.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftp 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftpport 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fnoproxy 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttps 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fproxymode 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttp 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Fbrowse 31 Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Furl 27 Enter the e-mail program path and name.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fcert 22 Opens the Certificate Path dialog.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmacro 20 Opens the Macro Security dialog.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fchange 51 Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremoveall 22 Removes all entries from the list.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremove 27 Odstráni vybranú položku zo zoznamu.
40 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2FStoredWebConnectionDialog 27 Odstráni vybranú položku zo zoznamu.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Foptions 31 Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialog.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2FMasterPasswordDialog 26 Enter the master password to continue.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 1a Enter the master password.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 20 Enter the master password again.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Ftsas 2e Opens the Time Stamping Authority URLs dialog.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fconnections 70 Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2FOptSecurityPage 76 Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fsavepassword bb If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmasterpassword 27 Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fblockuntrusted 88 Blocks the use of links pointing to images not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialog.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fctrlclick 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fpassword 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fsavesenddocs 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2FSecurityOptionsDialog 50 Set security related options and warnings about hidden information in documents.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenprinting 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhensigning cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenpdf 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fremovepersonal e3 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset Properties button on File - Properties - General.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fcharset 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
25 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsavegrflocal dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fprintextension a2 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document (for example, table of contents with justified page numbers and dot leaders) is exported as well.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasicwarning 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize7 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2FOptHtmlPage 20 Defines settings for HTML pages.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fnumbersenglishus d6 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Funknowntag 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fignorefontnames 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasic 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fcomments dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ffieldcodes 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fdrawings 3e Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ftables 2f Displays the tables contained in your document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fmeasureunit 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhelplines ab Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fgraphics 3e Specifies whether to display images and objects on the screen.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fsmoothscroll 2d Activates the smooth page scrolling function.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2FViewOptionsPage 81 Defines the default settings for displaying objects in your text documents and also the default settings for the window elements.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulercombobox 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulerright 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhrulercombobox 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fidxbox 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelbox 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistbox 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardbox 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitlebox 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Findexheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitleheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2FOptFontTabPage 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fpapertray a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fendpage 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fend 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ffax 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbackground 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fgraphics 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fnone 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Finblack 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fhiddentext 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fblankpages 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fonly 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fformcontrols 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2FPrintOptionsPage 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ftextplaceholder 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fleftpages 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frightpages 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbrochure 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frtl 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffixprop 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffix 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowinsert 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolmove 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowmove 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolinsert 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frepeatheader 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumalignment 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumformatting 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumfmtformatting 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fheader 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fdontsplit 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fvar 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2FOptTablePage 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fborder 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursorinprot 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursoronoff 1c Activates the direct cursor.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddenparafield 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentextfield 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentext 5f Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Formatting Marks is enabled.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fbreak 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fparagraph 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2FOptFormatAidsPage 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillspace 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhyphens 185 Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fspaces 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffilltab 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fnonbreak af Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillindent 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillmargin 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ftabs 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Finsert 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2FOptRedLinePage 32 Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchangedcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkcolor 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fdeleted ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchanged 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkpos 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fusecharunit 99 When this setting is enabled, the measurement units of indents and spacing on Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing tab will be character (ch) and line.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftab 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fmetric 35 Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Falways 9c Always updates links while loading a document, and only if the document is in a trusted file location or the global security level is Low (Not recommended).
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 2e Specifies general settings for text documents.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fnever 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fonrequest 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatefields c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fsquaremode 47 When this setting is enabled, the text grid will look like square page.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatecharts be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2Fdefault 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2FOptCompatPage 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Flevel 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fobjects 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fapplyborder 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2FOptCaptionPage 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcategory 2e Specifies the category of the selected object.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fnumbering 29 Specifies the type of numbering required.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcharstyle 1d Špecifikuje znakový štýl.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fchapseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fposition 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
14 SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS 46 Defines the basic settings for $[officename] documents in HTML format.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisiony 45 Určuje maximálny počet znakov, ktoré môže používateľ zadať.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fusegridsnap 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
12 .uno%3AGridVisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisionx 45 Určuje maximálny počet znakov, ktoré môže používateľ zadať.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2FOptGridPage cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fgridvisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsynchronize 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawx 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawy 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Ftblreg 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvscroll 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frowcolheader 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fsynczoom 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fformula 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fanchor 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fguideline 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fbreak 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdraw 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2FTpViewPage 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fnil 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fannot d1 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Foutline 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fhscroll 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fcolor 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fclipmark f3 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvalue 111 Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frangefind bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fgrid db Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fobjgrf 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdiagram 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Freplwarncb 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftextfmtcb 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fmarkhdrcb 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftabmf 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Falignlb 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Funitlb 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Feditmodecb 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fformatcb 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fexprefcb f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Flists 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fentries 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopyfrom 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fadd 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2FOptSortLists 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopy 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fnew 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2FColOrRowDialog 2f Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Fcolumns 56 Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Frows 50 Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Flookup cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformulaliteral 66 Specifies that only literal strings are used when searching and also for character string comparisons.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformularegex 84 Specifies that regular expressions instead of simple wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fmatch 14e Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When both, the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box and the Enable wildcards in formulas box are marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as Microsoft Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcase 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcalc 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdate1904 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2FOptCalculatePage 32 Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fprec ae Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the General number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fsteps 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fminchange ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatestd 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fgeneralprec dd You can specify the maximum number of decimal places that are shown by default for cells with General number format. If not enabled, cells with General number format show as many decimal places as the column width allows.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformulawildcards 5e Specifies that wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fiterate b1 Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatesc10 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fentries 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fdeletions 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Finsertions 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2FOptChangesPage 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fchanges 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FprintCB e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FoptCalcPrintPage 31 Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FsuppressCB 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcompatibilitypage%2FOptCompatibilityPage 34 Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptformula%2FOptFormula 49 Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdefaultpage%2FOptDefaultPage 37 Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fmoveoutline 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fhandlesbezier ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fdragstripes 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
14 .uno%3AHelplinesMove 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2FSdViewPage 26 Specifies the available display modes.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fruler 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldangle 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
21 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fbigortho 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
1e svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fortho 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
26 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnaphelplines 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapborder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldbezangle 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldsnaparea cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
13 HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
22 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapframe 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnappoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpapertryfrmprntrcb 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbackcb 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbrouchrb 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffittopgrb 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagedefaultrb 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fblackwhiterb 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fgrayscalerb 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagenmcb 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffrontcb 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fprntopts 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftilepgrb a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdatecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftimecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdefaultrb 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fhiddenpgcb 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FcbCompatibility 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FscaleBox 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FmetricFields 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fdistrotcb 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fqickedit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fenremotcont 54 Specifies that you want to enable Bluetooth remote control while Impress is running.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FOptSavePage 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fobjalwymov a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fcopywhenmove 56 If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Funits 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fstartwithwizard 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fbackgroundback 4e Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master slide.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fnorightspaces 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftitle 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
d tobeannounced 49 Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fframe 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fzoom 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2FSmathSettings 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftext 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizenormal 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizescaled 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fdefault 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fcolors 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_saveorig bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fpp_saveorig bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2FOptFltrPage 81 Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fchecklbcontainer ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fctlsupport 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasiansupport 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasianlanguage 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fwesternlanguage 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrentdoc 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcomplexlanguage 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fuserinterface c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2FOptLanguagesPage 4b Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fignorelanguagechange dd Indicates whether changes to the system input language/keyboard will be ignored. If ignored, when new text is typed that text will follow the language of the document or current paragraph, not the current system language.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Flocalesetting 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdecimalseparator 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrencylb 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdatepatterns cd Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstart 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstandard 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharpunctkerning 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fnocompression 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctcompression 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctkanacompression 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fend 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharkerning 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Flanguage 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignoremiddledot 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchprolongedsoundmark 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fnumerals ac Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Only cell contents of %PRODUCTNAME Calc are not affected.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementvisual 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementlogical b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Frestricted 4b Prevents the use as well as the printing of illegal character combinations.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2FOptCTLPage 3c Defines the options for documents with complex text layouts.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fsequencechecking 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Ftimeout 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fconnectionpooling 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fenablepooling 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fedit 3a Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fdelete 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
17 CUI_HID_DBPATH_CTL_PATH 67 Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fnew 35 Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2FDatabaseLinkDialog 34 Creates or edits an entry in the Databases tab page.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fname 52 Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fbrowse 3b Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
31 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fextendedtypes_enable 2c Allow UNO object types as valid Basic types.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_proc 37 Automatically insert closing statements for procedures.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_paren 25 Automatically close open parenthesis.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_quotes 20 Automatically close open quotes.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fcodecomplete_enable 22 Display methods of a Basic object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautocorrect 3b Correct cases of Basic variables and keywords while typing.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavas b7 Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexperimental 1c Enable experimental features
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fadd 38 Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fmacrorecording 16 Enable macro recording
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavaenabled 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fparameters 27 Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fclasspath 1c Opens the Class Path dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fedit 26 Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fpreferences 3f List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
24 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Freset 28 Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
2b cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchButton 3d Click to search your preference text in the Preferences tree.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchEntry 38 Type the preference you want to display in the text area
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Fremove 64 Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Ffolder 35 Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.
30 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Farchive 4f Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fremovebtn 29 Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignbtn 31 Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fparameterfield 8e Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Feditbtn 44 Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignlist 72 Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click Remove.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Flow c5 A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fmed e6 Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2FSecurityLevelPage 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
26 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fhigh bf Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fvhigh 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovefile 44 Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fviewcert 3f Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovecert 47 Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fcertificates 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
2b xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Flocations 5f Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2FSecurityTrustPage 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
29 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Faddfile 5e Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserverauthentication 72 Opens the Server Authentication dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fsecure 39 When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Ftest 44 Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fdisplayname 10 Enter your name.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserver 1b Enter the SMTP server name.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Faddress 26 Enter your e-mail address for replies.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fport 14 Enter the SMTP port.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2FMailConfigPage 65 Specifies the user information and server settings for when you send form letters as e-mail messages.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplytocb 64 Uses the e-mail address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to e-mail address.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplyto 2c Enter the address to use for e-mail replies.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchangepath 2f Click to select a folder to download the files.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fdestpathlabel 3b Displays the selected folder to store the downloaded files.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautodownload 41 Enable the automatic download of updates to the specified folder.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautocheck 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feverymonth 27 A check will be performed once a month.
34 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2FOptOnlineUpdatePage 68 Specifies some options for the automatic notification and downloading of online updates to %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryday 25 A check will be performed once a day.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryweek 43 A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchecknow 1e A check will be performed now.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fframe4 56 Shows a random choice of nine themes based on the categories displayed in the buttons.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fsearch_term 2f Type or paste the URL of the theme’s webpage.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fown_persona 53 Choose this option to open the “Select Firefox Theme” dialog and pick your own.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fno_persona 58 The toolbars’ background inherits the background settings of your desktop environment.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fdefault_persona 27 Display the system theme, if available.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finusername 28 Enter the user name for the IMAP server.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fimap 32 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fpop3 33 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fserver 38 Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finpassword 13 Enter the password.
54 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2FAuthenticationSettingsDialog 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
4e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fseparateauthentication 3d Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fport 2a Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.
46 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fauthentication 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
43 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Foutpassword 25 Enter the password for the user name.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fusername 28 Enter the user name for the SMTP server.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fsmtpafterpop 50 Select if you are required to first read your e-mail before you can send e-mail.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Fstop 36 Click the Stop button to stop a test session manually.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2FTestMailSettings 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Ferrors 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2FCertPage 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
23 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fsignatures 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
1f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fstatus 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
28 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Fvaluedetails 45 Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Ftablecontainer 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2FCertDetails 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
20 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertgeneral%2Fbox1 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.